1966 It,

ECHNICAL HIGHLIGHTS

OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Annual Report for:

INSTITUTE FOR BASIC STANDARDS

INSTITUTE FOR MATERIALS RESEARCH

INSTITUTE FOR APPLIED TECHNOLOGY

UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

John T. Connor, Secretary

J. Herbert Hollomon, Assistant Secretary for Science and Technology

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

A. V. Astin, Director

1966

Technical Highlights

of the

National Bureau of Standards

Annual Report, Fiscal Year 1966

April 1967

Miscellaneous Publication 283

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D.C. 20402 - Price 60 cents
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 6-23979
CONTENTS

DIRECTOR'S STATEMENT 1

Management Progress 1

Transfer of Programs to ESSA. Program-PlanningBudgeting Activities. Office of Engineering Standards Liaison and Analysis Established. Legislation

Affecting the Bureau.

The Move to Gaithersburg 5

NBS Occupies New Facility 5

History. Site Location. Laboratory Planning. Final

Design. General Purpose Laboratories. Special

Purpose Laboratories. Scheduling. Costs. Summary.

INSTITUTE FOR BASIC STANDARDS 23

Physical Quantities, Natural Constants, Measurement

Services 23

International Base Units 24

Length. Mass. Time and Frequency. Temperature.

Mechanical Quantities 26

Electrical Quantities—DC and Low Frequency 28

Electrical Quantities—Radio 30

High Frequency Electrical Standards. High Frequency Impedance Standards. Microwave Standards. Microwave Calibrations.

Photometric and Radiometric Quantities 34

Thermal Quantities 35

Ionizing Radiations 36

Physical Properties 37

Nuclear Properties. Atomic and Molecular Properties. Solid State Properties. Thermodynamic and

Transport Properties. Chemical Kinetics. Colloid

and Surface Properties.

Applied Mathematics 53

Technical Assistance to Others 54

Studies for Other Agencies. Conferences and Seminars. THE NATIONAL STANDARD REFERENCE

DATA SYSTEM 59

Nuclear Data. Atomic and Molecular Data. Solid

State Data. Thermodynamic and Transport Data.

Chemical Kinetics Data. Colloid and Surface Data.

Information Services.

iii
THE INSTITUTE FOR MATERIALS RESEARCH 67

Research Materials 68

Standard Reference Materials 69

Materials Property Data and Measurement Methodology 72

Technical Assistance to Others 75

THE INSTITUTE FOR APPLIED TECHNOLOGY 79

Engineering Measurements and Standards 79

Measurement and Standards 80

Electronic Instrumentation. Building Research.

Performance Criteria 86

Linking Engineering Measurements and Performance

Criteria to Standards 87

Dissemination of Technical Information 89

The Clearinghouse 89

Textile and Apparel Technology 91

Engineering Standards 92

Building Research 93

Invention and Innovation 93

Systems Analysis 94

Technical Assistance to Others 96

Exploratory Research 98

Automatic Data Processing 99

APPENDIXES 101

Organization of the National Bureau of Standards 101

Summary of NBS Staff 106

Financial Data 107

Advisory Committees 107

Statutory Visiting Committee 107

Technical Advisory Panels 108

Awards and Honors 112

Education, Training, and University Liaison 116

Publications :; H8

Publications in the Bureau's Series 118

Publications in Outside Journals 137

Patents 181

iv
DIRECTOR'S STATEMENT

MANAGEMENT PROGRESS

During the 1966 fiscal year several management changes were made which will help the Bureau better to fulfill its primary responsibilities. These changes were primarily required by the constantly changing state of science and technology. The central

mission of the Bureau has remained substantially unchanged, but

external factors in government, industry, and commerce have

required adjustments in orientation and emphasis for the NBS

staff. Several of these are described below.

Transfer of Programs to ESSA

The primary organizational change was the formal transfer in

October of the Bureau's Central Radio Propagation Laboratory

(CRPL) in Boulder, Colo., to the Commerce Department's new

Environmental Science Services Administration (ESSA). ESSA

is the result of a reorganization and combining of CRPL, Weather

Bureau, and the Coast and Geodetic Survey.

In addition to the transfer of CRPL, a new Geoacoustics Group

was formed in ESSA's Institute for Telecommunication Sciences

and Aeronomy by the transfer of fifteen staff members from the

NBS Sound Section. This group will continue studies of the

propagation of sound waves through the atmosphere and other

media and investigations of the interactions between sound waves

and other geophysical phenomena.

Program-Planning-Budgeting Activities

Implementation of the newly promulgated Government-wide

Program-Planning-Budgeting System at NBS began in December 1965. A series of meetings was held to identify program

categories appropriate to the Bureau's output, to examine related resource needs, to identify pertinent program issues, and to plan

and initiate additional studies and activities as needed. The

categorization of Bureau programs went through a series of

revisions as a result of management study and discussion. Program memoranda describing the Bureau's activities, objectives

and plans, together with a Program and Financial Plan projecting
costs for the next five years, were submitted to the Department

of Commerce and the Bureau of the Budget on May 1. Most of

the Bureau's programs were classified either under the category

"Advancement of the Economy through Industry and Commerce"

or the "Basic Measurements System."

Office of Engineering Standards Liaison and Analysis

Established

An Office of Engineering Standards Liaison and Analysis was

established to serve as a focal point for NBS assistance to engineering standards-making bodies throughout the Nation. The

new Office will aid in making the Bureau's technical resources

available to strengthen private standards organizations, manufacturers, and government agencies concerned with the development of performance standards and test methods for industrial

products.

The Bureau has always played a key supporting role in the

development of engineering standards (specifications, standards

of practice, and methods of test) for technological devices, products, and services. Most of this work has been done in cooperation with technical societies and standardization groups such as

the United States of America Standards Institute and the American Society for Testing and Materials. Normally the Bureau

assists by providing expert advice and technical assistance on

both national and international engineering standards committees.

In recent years there has been a growing awareness of the

importance of engineering standards, both domestic and international, to the economic development of the country. This feel- ing has been strengthened within the past year by the publication

of the recommendations of the Department of Commerce Panel on Engineering and Commodity Standards, under the chairmanship

of Francis L. LaQue. Among other things, the Panel recom- mended greater participation by Federal agencies in certain

aspects of the development of engineering standards by non- governmental organizations, recognition of the importance that

U. S. industry's participation in international standardization can have on the national economy, and communication of the

importance of such participation to industry.

The Office of Engineering Standards Liaison and Analysis will

aid in the achievement of these objectives through a program of

active liaison with other standardizing organizations and by general review and analysis of the engineering standardization activities of the Bureau staff. It will endeavor to find new ways to increase the effectiveness of NBS technical assistance in the

development of engineering standards and to match NBS technical resources to the needs of outside organizations. It will also

2
make a continuous effort to extend and improve communication

between the Bureau and other engineering standards bodies so that NBS may know and respond to their needs and so that NBS

capabilities in various technical fields may be better known to them.

Legislation Affecting the Bureau

Several pieces of legislation were considered by the Congress

which are related to the responsibilities and activities of the

Bureau. A bill authorizing the Bureau to make a study of the

metric system was introduced and members of the NBS staff offered testimony before the House Committee on Science and

Astronautics and the Senate Commerce Committee. Also, NBS

participated in a number of studies associated with the hearings on automobile and traffic safety legislation.

The Bureau itself proposed a bill to provide a Standard Refer- ence Data System. Part of the Statement of Purpose and Need

reads

:

"The Federal Council for Science and Technology announced in 1963 a

policy that there should be established a National Standard Reference Data

System to provide on a national basis critically evaluated data in the physical sciences. The Department of Commerce, through the National Bureau

of Standards, established a program to assist in furthering this policy.

The basic objective of that action was to make critically evaluated qualitative data on the properties of substances readily available to Federal technical agencies and this country's scientists and engineers.

"The proposed legislation is needed in order to provide the legal framework for a program to produce compilations of critically evaluated data on

the properties of substances and their interactions, gathered from research

reports throughout the world, evaluated by experts, and disseminated to the

technical community. Through this legislation the voluntary and cooperative activities of all those concerned with the reference data program could

be fitted into a coherent and comprehensive pattern so as to assure maximum

benefit to the entire governmental and non-governmental community. The

bill would also authorize the use of a symbol or mark in connection with

the term "Standard Reference Data" so that the products of this inter- agency program can be identified and relied upon by the scientific, engineering and industrial communities.

"Compilations carried out other than by the National Bureau of Standards

may become a part of the Standard Reference Data System through the voluntary efforts of the agencies and if they meet the standards prescribed

by the Secretary of Commerce through the National Bureau of Standards.

Through this voluntary cooperative arrangement and the activities of the National Bureau of Standards, it will be possible to provide to the technical community critically evaluated data which will lead to substantial savings

in time, effort and money.

"The significance of the Standard Reference Data operation can best be

understood by a look at the process by which measurements of the properties

of substances are made available to scientists and engineers. Property measurements are produced as a result of the research done by millions of

scientists and engineers all over the world. The data are published in

3
various scientific journals, reports, handbooks, and so forth. Therefore,

while these data are available to anyone who is prepared to search the

literature to find them, it is quite often difficult to locate a specific number

or value in the millions of pages of scientific literature. Of equal importance is the fact that once the number or value is located, it is difficult to determine just how reliable such information is. A complicating factor

is that often more than one researcher works in the same field each developing his own number or value for the same property. Only a specialist in the field can tell which is most likely to be correct. Accordingly, the Standard Reference Data System has as its purpose three main functions:

1. Extract the necessary data from the literature;

2. Determine the data's accuracy and reliability through a process of

critical evaluation; and

3. Make the evaluated data readily avilable to users. "The data are called 'reference' because scientists and engineers repeatedly refer to the data in their work. They are called 'standard' because

differing values are critically evaluated by the most competent scientists

in the field who then select and certify a single value or range of values

as the best or 'standard' one. The data may then be used with maximum

confidence, for rather than having to make independent measurements of physical and chemical characteristics of materials, scientists and engineers

would be able to refer to the Standard Reference Data and depend upon

the reliability of the measurements which have already been made and

critically evaluated." Public Law 89-306 passed on October 30, 1965, makes the Bureau responsible for providing technical support to the General

Services Administration, the Bureau of the Budget, the Civil Service Commission, and all other Federal agencies in a program to increase cost effectiveness in the entire Federal Government's use

of computers and associated equipment and procedures.

It also requires the Department of Commerce to make recom- mendations to the President "relating to the establishment of

uniform Federal automatic data processing standards" and to undertake research, as required, in support of the advisory and

standards functions.

To carry out the new responsibilities most effectively the

Bureau established in September 1965 a new Center for Computer Sciences and Technology. This Center was made responsible for the functions assigned to the Secretary of Commerce by

the Bureau of the Budget and Public Law 89-306.

The Center aids Government agencies in achieving greater

value for the public's dollar in the selection, acquisition, and

utilization of automatic data processing equipment. It also

1. Provides advisory and consulting services to Government

branches in developing computer systems.

2. Conducts research on computer sciences and information

systems design.

3. Guides an executive branch program to develop, measure,

and test voluntary computer standards.

4. Recommends uniform standards for automatic data proc4
essing equipment, techniques, and languages for equipment

and services procured by the Federal Government.

In September of 1965 the Congress passed the State Technical

Services Act which authorizes and directs the Secretary of Commerce to aid State-designated agencies in carrying out their technological services programs by providing access to scientific,

technical and engineering information from sources outside the

State. In response to this directive, the Office of State Technical

Services engaged the services of the NBS Clearinghouse for the

purpose of preparing several forms of informational assistance

to the designated agencies and participating institutions. A

number of compendia and guidebooks were prepared under this

arrangement and furnished to the States through OSTS on a complimentary basis. The regular services of the Clearinghouse,

as an existing resource, were also available to the States on a nominal self-supporting basis. The Clearinghouse will also provide specialized reference services as the needs of the States be- come more clearly identified through surveys now being made.

THE MOVE TO GAITHERSBURG

NBS OCCUPIES NEW FACILITY

By the end of fiscal year 1966, transfer of the Bureau's Washington laboratories to a new ultra modern complex at Gaithersburg, Maryland was about half completed. The new laboratories

will enable the Bureau to plan and conduct a more effective

program consistent with its increasing responsibilities. In recent

years the explosive growth of science and technology has brought

urgent demands for new and more accurate standards, better

measurement methods, and greater availability of data on materials properties. Yet for some time the Bureau's research and

service activities have been hampered by inadequate and out- moded laboratories at the Washington site. The Gaithersburg move provides the Bureau staff with one of

the most modern research installations in the world, its buildings

designed for convenience for scientific work, flexibility in space

arrangements, and adaptability to further expansion when necessary. The 565-acre site contains adequate space for further construction, as well as for location of buildings that need to be

relatively isolated, such as a reactor building. In addition, the

rural location removes the Bureau's work from the variety of

mechanical, electrical, and atmospheric disturbances present in a

city and reduces the effects of these factors on precise scientific

measurements. A further advantage of such a location is that

5
Airview of the new NBS site at Gaithersburg, Md., shows the 15 major

buildings that have been constructed on the 565-acre site.

scientific experiments can be conducted with a minimum of interference to and from neighbors.

History

The National Bureau of Standards emerged from World War II with outmoded and overcrowded facilities. Many of the staff were in temporary quarters, some of which had been erected as temporaries in World War I and added to in the second war. Furthermore, no technical operating division was completely

housed in a single building. (At the time of the move to Gaithersburg, one had become scattered in 17 different buildings

and the median spread was 6.) Efforts to secure funds to improve the laboratories and to consolidate activities were largely

unsuccessful, although limited funds were made available to do some overhauling of the greatly overloaded electrical distribution

system. The first significant relief came in 1950 when the

Congress provided funds for a new laboratory for the Bureau's

radio work. The Congress stipulated, however, that the laboratory must be out of the Washington area. Boulder, Colorado was

selected as the site for this laboratory which was dedicated in

1954.

The opportunity to acquire new facilities began to emerge in

1955 as part of a dispersal program by the Executive Branch of

the Federal Government. The National Bureau of Standards was selected as an agency that did not need to be in the City of

Washington, and the Bureau was queried as to its interest in

6
relocation. Since this appeared as a chance to acquire the badly

needed new laboratories as well as to acquire certain facilities

which could not be accommodated on the old site, the offer was

readily accepted. Relocation meant, however, that the old site,

which had been in use since 1903, would have to be given up.

Inasmuch as the Bureau's original site had been selected to provide a rural location and the city had subsequently completely

surrounded it, the prospect of a new rural site had a special

appeal.

Site Selection

In order to meet the dispersal criteria the relocation site had

to be at least 20 miles from the center of Washington and could

not be on the Washington-Baltimore Corridor. In addition, NBS

management imposed the following requirements: (1) The site

should be reasonably accessible by automobile from the homes of

the majority of the Bureau's senior professional staff. (This

limitation stemmed from the fact that a seriously high percentage

of the senior radio staff was lost in the move to Boulder, Colorado,

two years earlier.) (2) The site should be near to high-speed

roads for the ready access to the center of Washington and its airports. (3) The site should contain at least 400 acres (the old

site had 67 acres) in order to provide buffering from potential

neighbors as well as to allow for expansion. (4) The terrain

should be relatively flat and high. (5) Utilities (water, sewer,

electrical, power, gas) should be reasonably accessible.

A task group consisting of NBS and Public Building Service

employees considered nearly 100 locations and narrowed the list to about five for detailed examination by the Bureau's management. The site finally selected met all of the requirements. It contained 565 acres of high, nearly flat terrain, it was near the

Gaithersburg interchange of the interstate limited access highway

serving northwest Washington, and it was exactly 20 miles from

the center of Washington. Most difficulty was encountered in

meeting the distance limitation and at the same time the requirement for accessibility to the homes of the senior staff. Largescale maps were used to plot the residences of staff members.

This showed the center of gravity for the homes for the total

staff to be almost exactly on the spot of the Bureau's Connecticut

Avenue site in Washington, whereas the center for the senior

professional staff was at the Maryland-District of Columbia

boundary on Connecticut Avenue (Chevy Chase Circle). This

pointed to the Northwest as the direction for meeting the 20

mile requirement.

The new site was acquired in July 1956 promptly after appropriated funds became available for its purchase. The Congress

7
also provided funds for the preliminary planning of the laboratory buildings.

Laboratory Planning

The first step in the laboratory planning was to engage an

architectural firm in cooperation with the Public Building Service,

which was to have general cognizance over the design and construction. Major qualifications required of the architects were

experience in the design of modern laboratories, sound engineering competence and a reputation for innovation.

The architectural firm of Smith, Haines, Lundberg, and

Waehler, then known as Voorhees, Walker, Smith and Smith, was

selected for the preliminary planning. This firm had designed

and built some 10 million square feet of research laboratory space

in the period following World War II, including laboratories for

many of the larger industrial firms, such as DuPont, General

Electric, Ford, IBM, and Bell Telephone Laboratories.

In order to provide a reasonable involvement of the employees

in the planning of the new facilities, a Laboratories Planning

Committee was established comprised of several of the most

capable younger scientists of the Bureau. It was the purpose

of this Committee to establish some of the more important cri- teria upon which the final plans were to be based.

The recommendations of the Committee were made available to the architects and virtually all were incorporated in the planning.

The Committee remained in existence throughout the design and

construction period to consider special problems on which management has needed advice. In addition, an interference "czar" was named whose job it was to investigate and resolve questions

arising during the planning relating to interference caused by

laboratory sources of noise, vibration, or radiation. Combatting

interference and working toward compatibility were not restricted

to the planning stage, of course; these activities require a con- tinuing effort. The concept of a general plan for the Gaithersburg facilities

did not evolve in a simple, straightforward fashion. There was

backtracking, retracing of steps, and reconsideration of ideas once considered and discarded.

During the early planning certain general criteria were evolved

which were used as guides toward a final design. These were:

(a) The needs of working scientists were to be of primary

consideration.

(b) Flexibility was essential in order to be able to accommodate to change. This meant that provision should be made for

expansion, for rearrangement of space and distribution of utili- ties and services.

8
(c) Services and facilities to be shared by most of the staff should be centrally located or distributed. There should be gen- erous provision for library, meeting and conference space, instrument shops, storerooms and dining space.

(d) General space arrangement should tend to group together

similar types of work to facilitate communication, but arrangements based solely on an organizational structure should be

avoided.

(e) Since transportation to and from the site would be mainly

by private car there should be ample parking space located as conveniently as practicable to the laboratories and offices. The initial estimates of cost had been made by the General

Services Administration in support of the first NBS request for

funds. This estimate referred to "a monolithic block-type struc- ture" of a little more than one million assignable square feet to accommodate a projected staff of 3,000 employees. A level of

approximately one million square feet of working space remained

as a goal throughout the planning. This represented an expansion of about 25 percent over the space available at the Washington site.

Final Design

After the architects had worked for several months with most

of the supervisors and senior staff of NBS to ascertain their

needs, the architects concluded that the Bureau's requirements

could not be accommodated in a single structure. They suggested

that detailed planning be on the basis of a multistructure design.

The General Services Administration, National Bureau of Standards, and the Bureau of the Budget considered the architects'

study and accepted their recommendation.

In substance, this recommendation advised placing all the office and laboratory operations that were reasonably compatible

into a single central structure, and segregating in separate buildings those operations that required isolation for any of a number

of reasons. Included in the latter were a Radiation Physics

Laboratory, Nuclear Reactor, Engineering Mechanics Laboratory, Boiler Plant, Hazardous Chemical Laboratory, Industrial

Engineering Building, Acoustics Laboratory, Concreting Materials Building, Fluid Mechanics Laboratory, and Non-Magnetic

Laboratory.

This still left most of the scientific work of the Bureau, the

Director's offices, most of the administrative divisions, and the

Shops Division to be placed in a single building. The architects

studied various schemes and finally concluded that a single building to accommodate all of these people and activities would be

exceedingly big and cumbersome and would not lend itself well

9
General site plan of the new NBS Gaithersburg facility.

to future expansion. They then evolved a scheme of a central

administration building housing most of the Bureau's nonlaboratory staff, the meeting and dining facilities, and the library, this

building to be surrounded by a number of "general purpose laboratories" and instrument shops building.

The office wing was planned to be higher than the laboratory

buildings in order to reduce the horizontal distances between

the laboratories and the centrally shared facilities. This also

made for some resultant economies in construction, as well as providing an interesting architectural feature for the site. The

meeting facilities are designed to accommodate scientific meetings of moderate size. There is an auditorium seating 800, a

smaller one seating 300, three lecture rooms seating 100, one each

for 50 and 25 people, and two seating 12. This area permits

concurrent meetings of varying sizes, as, for instance, a symposium in which several simultaneous meetings can be held. Adjoining the meeting area is the dining area which includes a staff lounge, also useful for informal meetings with visitors attending

meetings at NBS ; a cafeteria seating 650 ; and three smaller

dining rooms which can be reserved for luncheons by groups of

scientists.

The library is a section of the Administration Building consisting of a two-story-plus-basement wing at the back of the high

section. At present it accommodates 126,000 volumes and is designed to provide expansion to some 200,000 volumes.

10
Located in the west wing of the Administration Building, the new NBS

library contains 126,000 volumes. The spiral staircase leads to the 2d floor gallery of the library.

Adjacent to the library are a small museum and a standards

vault. In the vault, behind security glass, are displayed the

Nation's standards of physical measurement, or—where space

limitations do not permit the entire standard—a symbolic part,

such as the "oven" of the cesium beam atomic clock.

The fully enclosed corridors interconnecting the seven general

purpose laboratory buildings, the Shops Building, and the Administration Building are intended to make this group of buildings

operate as a single structure. However, each of the buildings has

its own separate area for staff and visitor parking. A system

of roads and streets has been established providing access to buildings and parking areas, and connecting with strategic exits

to surrounding state and county roads.

All mechanical and electrical utilities are furnished via underground conduit and pipe systems. Electrical power to all buildings is fed from a site substation owned and maintained by the

Potomac Electric Power Company.

1

1
General Purpose Laboratories

The central complex contains two-thirds of all the space planned

for occupancy at Gaithersburg and it has been designed as space

suitable for most of the technical operations of the Bureau.

The seven laboratory buildings came to be referred to as the

General Purpose Laboratory Buildings because they were designed for flexibility and with the thought that most of the

Bureau's laboratory functions could be carried out in such space.

Their construction is of the modular type.

The basic module is 11 ft X 24 ft. Its size will, in general,

accommodate one scientist and one assistant. There was little problem in settling the length of the module but the width problem provoked much argument. The architects recommended a

10-ft width, the Laboratory Planning Committee, 12 ft. The

latter recommendation was based on the greater ease it provided

for accommodating "island" type setups where equipment is in

the center of a room with working space on all sides, in contrast

to the more traditional arrangement with work benches against one or more walls. An analysis was attempted to try to determine which width would provide optimum space utilization. This was based on the concept that where work actually required a

space greater than one module, and therefore must be assigned

two modules, the space in excess of the actual need would be

"waste space." The analysis showed no clear optimum but

tended to favor 11 ft, and this value was selected.

Partly for economy reasons and partly for ease in controlling

the environment it was decided that the main laboratories would

be windowless with a double row of modules in the center of

each laboratory building. A survey of space at the old site showed that in a high percentage of rooms the windows had been

covered to provide either optical, thermal or electrical shielding.

The final plan makes such improvisation unnecessary. Corridors are adjacent to each laboratory module and on the outside

of the corridors are office modules which also can have limited use as laboratories. The office modules are 16-ft long. Services are distributed in vertical shafts in each laboratory module.

When a laboratory service is needed in "office" space it can be

transferred through the corridor ceiling.

Approximately 35 percent of the laboratory modules have been

assigned for use as single units, about 40 percent as double units

and remainder in larger increments. There are also L, T, and U

shaped arrangements of the modules. Nearly 10 percent of

laboratory modules have been assigned for nonlaboratory use such as conference rooms and special offices.

12
TOP: Cross-section model of a general purpose laboratory with outer and

inner rooms separated by two corridors running the length of the building.

Offices are in outer rooms and usually paired with laboratories across the hall. BOTTOM: Floor plan of a typical general purpose laboratory.

On the office or exterior side of the corridors approximately

80 percent of the space has been assigned for single module use and most of the remainder for double module use. About 20 percent of the exterior modules are being used as laboratories.

The floors are designed for 150 pounds per square foot. The

standard floor covering is vinyl asbestos tile. The ceilings in

the offices are acoustical tile and in the labs the ceilings are

concrete, painted white. Inserts were provided in the laboratory

ceilings for suspending various items of laboratory equipment.

The architects had recommended movable metal partitions from

the outset. It was the belief of many at the Bureau that

masonry partitions were better for laboratory installations but

13
after much discussion and studies of experiences of others who

had used metal partitions the architects' recommendation was

accepted.

The light level was set at 65 foot candles. Some lighting

groups recommend a higher level of illumination, but the Bureau's own lighting experts concluded that the difference between

65 foot candles and 100 foot candles was not really worth the

additional cost in electrical power or in the additional air conditioning that would be required. Fluorescent lighting was established as the standard, although in some laboratories incandescent was required for technical reasons. A great deal of thought was given to the problems which can

be created in some laboratory environments by electromagnetic

interference from fluorescent fixtures. The problem was referred

to an Electrical Interference Abatement Committee and that

committee extended its considerations to a number of other possible sources of interference and made many valuable recom- mendations in the course of the planning. One recommendation,

for example, was that all electrical wiring be encased in steel conduit, rather than in aluminum conduit because the aluminum

would provide no protection against the magnetic fields which

would otherwise surround electrical wiring. Another recom- mendation led to the isolation of all lighting power circuits from

the laboratory power. The Electrical Interference Abatement

Committee subsequently was enlarged to consider other matters of

possible interference, such as sources of noise, vibration, and

atomic radiations, and their advice has been invaluable in reducing possibilities of such interferences within the general purpose

laboratory buildings. The committee advised, for example, that

all sources of noise and vibration connected with building mechanical systems should be kept out of the buildings to the greatest extent possible and those that must be located within the

building were to be isolated from the structure. As a result of

this recommendation, no reciprocating machinery is permitted in

the general purpose laboratories and the building transformers

needed for electrical supplies and the fans for distributing air

have been provided with carefully and individually designed noise

and vibration isolation mounts to minimize the transmission of

noise and vibration to the building itself. The location of air conditioning and other mechanical equipment was given much study. It was finally concluded that since

ground floor or basement space was the most sought-after laboratory space, the mechanical equipment would definitely not be

there but as far away as possible, namely the attic. For services,

the architects recommended horizontal distribution through the

14
One of the 11 X 24 ft laboratory modules in the general purpose laboratories.

service attic with lines being dropped vertically through service

enclosures at every module.

The services actually selected for distribution were those rec- ommended by the Laboratory Planning Committee. They include

the following

(1) cold water (7) vacuum (-20" -22" Hg)

(2) hot water (8) steam (15 psi)

(3) laboratory waste drain (9) 120V, a-c power (single

(4) chilled water (42 °F— phase 15 A duplex)

for heat exchange) (10) 208V a-c power (single

(5) burner gas—(3" —5" phase 15 A)

W.G.) (11) 208V a-c power (3 phase-

(6) compressed air (—15 20 A—3 wire)

psi) (12) standard frequencies

(13) telephone

It was determined that the laboratories and offices would be

air conditioned and year-round control levels were set at 75 °F

± 2 °F, with humidity not to exceed 50 percent. Many of the

laboratories, however, required different ambient conditions and

had to be specifically designed. . The architects recommended that the general purpose labora15
tories be three stories in height. A single story laboratory building would require a great deal of land space and would be spread

out so much that communications between employees would be

impaired. Conversely, in multistory buildings the space required

to enclose the air ducts associated with the exhausts from ventilating hoods becomes progressively greater with each additional

story in height. The architects concluded that three stories was

the maximum height for an economical laboratory structure. Four of the seven general purpose laboratories are 3 stories high,

the other three are 3 stories plus a basement.

The buildings are themselves modular in that each has 30

interior laboratory modules along each corridor, and each is 105-ft

wide and 385-ft long. The site is planned to allow for seven

additional general purpose laboratories connected to the central

structures. There is a significant amount of highly specialized

space in a few of the general purpose laboratories. Among the

most interesting are

Tape Calibration Facility.—This is a room 320-ft long, 11-ft

wide, and 8-ft high in the basement of Metrology Laboratory. It was built underground in order to achieve a more constant and

uniform distribution of temperature. Further temperature stability is provided by a double wall construction with the cavities

filled with insulating materials, and refrigerator-type doors that are at each end of the tunnel.

Photometric Range.—This room is adjacent to the Tape Calibration Facility and is 320-ft long, 12-ft wide, and 10-ft high. In

addition there is a 3-ft-square light-tight shaft that runs the full length of the room as a tunnel within a tunnel.

Spectroscopy Area.—In the basement of the Physics Laboratory, structurally isolated from the main part of the building to minimize vibration, is an area approximately 80 ft by 120 ft. This area is subdivided into a number of smaller rooms which

will house a variety of types of spectrographs, including a 40 ft Rowland Circle. Coupled to the area is a lightpipe leading to the roof of the building for studies of solar spectra.

Building Research Special Areas.—The general purpose laboratory devoted to building research provides examples of greatest

departure from the standard use of modules in other areas. In some areas floors and ceilings have been omitted to provide space

three stories in height. In these areas provisions are being made

for testing air-conditioning and heating systems, and thermal insulation systems for full-size sections of buildings and specimens

of building materials.

16
Special Purpose Laboratories

Those activities which could not be conveniently housed in a modular type structure are housed in special purpose laboratories.

Here the buildings are designed primarily around major pieces of

equipment. Three of these have been completed and are now

occupied. Four others are under construction and two others

are in the design stage.

Associated with each of the special purpose laboratories is some general purpose laboratory space. In most of these areas such space follows the same modular concept employed in the

general purpose laboratories.

Engineering Mechanics Laboratory.—The first laboratory

completed at the Gaithersburg site was the Engineering Mechanics

Laboratory which houses the force measuring and force producing

equipment. The major feature of the building is a clear 100 ft

(approximate) cube which houses a 12 million pound compressiontension testing machine. The machine itself rises 80 ft above

the floor and extends into a pit 21 ft below ground. It is capable

of supporting horizontal beams up to 90-ft long for flexural tests. In addition, the building houses several deadweight machines, the

largest of 1,000,000-pound capacity. This machine permits the

Bureau to test force measuring equipment by direct substitution

up to 1,000,000-pound values.

Radiation Physics Laboratory.—The Radiation Physics Laboratory is designed to house the Bureau's particle accelerators, the

most important of which is a 100 million-volt linear accelerator.

This machine, which is called the Linac, has the capability of

producing a beam of electrons with energies in the beam of 50

kilowatts—a power output about 100,000 times that previously

available at NBS in this energy range. The Linac is almost

entirely underground in order to take advantage of earth shielding.

Other accelerators include a 4 MeV Van de Graaff-type machine,

a 2-MeV Van de Graaff-type electron type accelerator, a 2 MeV

positive ion accelerator, and a 180-MeV synchrotron. This last

has not yet been moved from the Washington site but is scheduled

for relocation early in 1967.

Nuclear Reactor.—Another special purpose laboratory houses

a high flux 10-megawatt nuclear reactor. It utilizes an enriched

uranium core, moderated and cooled by heavy water. Thirteen

beam ports are provided. The reactor housing can be sealed from

the rest of the building which provides supporting laboratory

17
1

NBS technicians inspect one of the 13 beam ports of the Bureau's new

10-megawatt nuclear reactor.

space. This latter space is arranged for high level radiation at one end of the building and the low level at the other.

Industrial Engineering Building.—The largest of the special

purpose laboratories now under construction is designed to house

special processing facilities and furnaces for work on glasses,

ceramics, metals, paper and textile.

Acoustics Laboratory.-—The Acoustics Laboratory now under

construction will house new and larger aneochoic and reverberation chambers than were available to the Bureau on its old site. Each of these chambers is being built as a shell within a shell,

the inner shell floating on vibration isolators.

Hazardous Chemical Laboratory.—This building is designed

to house work with dangerous chemicals such as high-pressure,

long-chain polymers, and the distillation of highly volatile materials. The building is planned so that if an unexpected explosion

should occur its effect on the laboratory workers and on other

parts of the Bureau will be minimal. It is, of course, located on an isolated portion of the grounds.

Concreting Materials Laboratory.—A special structure is under construction to provide equipment for batching, blending,

and storing of aggregates used in connection with the Bureau's

studies of structural concrete components and systems.

IB
Fluid Mechanics and IS onmagnetics Laboratories.—Scheduled for construction in the near future are laboratories to house

work in fluid dynamics including some special wind tunnel and

water tunnel facilities and a laboratory designed with a minimum

of magnetic materials.

Scheduling

Construction of the laboratories was planned in four stages in

order to speed up the program and to provide contractual packages of sizes which would permit greater competition among

contractors with the possibilities of resultant lower prices. It is felt that the overall program was of such magnitude that the

number of contractors who could bid on it, had it been let as a

single package, would have been very small.

The first phase of construction which began in the summer of

1961 and was completed in the winter of 1963-64, included the

initial site development and utilities, a power and air-conditioning

plant and the Engineering Mechanics Building. The second construction phase which came along about a year later, consisted

of the administration and central services units and the Radiation

Physics Laboratory. The third construction phase which was

scheduled approximately still another year later, comprised the

general purpose laboratories. These were completed in the sum- mer of 1966. The fourth construction phase, which began in

the summer of 1966, includes the remaining special purpose

laboratories. The construction of the reactor was handled as a

separate program and not as a part of the overall activities since

it represented a completely new facility.

Moving into the new laboratories was also handled in stages

as different portions of the laboratories were completed. The

first move took place in the fall of 1963. The major move into

the general purpose laboratories took place during the summer

of 1966. The moving contracts which included the disconnecting

and reconnecting of laboratory equipment were among the largest

such contracts ever let in the Washington area.

Costs

The first rough estimates made in 1955 for building, equipping

and moving into the new facilities was $63,000,000. This was

an estimate made by the Public Building Service on the basis of

new floor space alone without any evaluation of specific program

requirements. The first appropriation provided by the Congress

provided for a more refined estimate of costs based on a study of

T9
actual operating needs. The estimate first provided by the architects was approximately $110,000,000 which by rigorous cutting was scaled down to about $86,000,000. This was the estimate

upon which the first construction appropriations were based.

Rising costs over the nearly 10-year period that the program has

been underway have raised this estimate to about $100,000,000.

In addition, facilities not originally envisioned when the relocation plan was approved, such as the Linac and Reactor, have

raised the total costs to approximately $118,000,000.

Summary

Although the new laboratories of the National Bureau of Standards will have, when present construction is completed, around

1,200,000 sq ft of working space, the total construction area is approximately 2,300,000 sq ft with an average utilization factor

of 52 percent. This factor is low by older standards, but it is a price well worth paying in return for the high degree of flexi- bility and service mechanization that is provided. The value of

flexibility was demonstrated when the major moves into the

laboratories began. The laboratories turned over by the contractors were based upon working requirements laid down almost

five years earlier. Approximately half of the laboratory space

required some modification of space or terminal services before

it was occupied. The relative ease with which these changes were

accomplished was convincing evidence that flexibility is indispensable. On the other hand, the high degree of mechanization is not

without problems. But most such problems are of the shakedown-cruise variety, which will become minimal as experience is acquired in utilizing the new facilities.

20:
CONSTRUCTION T A B L E—NBS GAITHERSBURG FACILITY

MAJOR COMPONENTS PRIME CONTRACTOR SCHEDULE

CONTRACT COMLET rLthj 1 1UW

SITE ACQUISITION (565 Acres) July 1956 DESIGN ti ENGINEERING Smith, Haines, Lundberg, and Waehler Dec. 1956 CONSTRUCTION

Phase 1: Engineering Mechanics Laboratory, Power Plant, Initial Site Work Paul Tishman Co., Inc. June 1961 Aug. 1963 Phase 2: Radiation Physics Laboratory, Administration and

Service Bldgs.

Blake Construction Co.,

Inc. June 1962 Aug. 1965

Phase 3: Seven General Purpose Laboratories J. W. Bateson Co., Inc. Aug. 1963 Sept. 1966 Phase 4: Special Purpose Laboratories ( Sound, Hazards,

Industrial, Concreting

Materials

)

J. W. Bateson Co., Inc. Apr. 1966 Apr. 1968

Phase 5: Fluid Mechanics, NonMagnetic Laboratory and

Gate House

In Planning

Stage Reactor Blount Brothers Corp. Apr. 1963 Sept. 1966

21

INSTITUTE FOR BASIC

STANDARDS

In support of the general mission of the National Bureau of

Standards, the Institute for Basic Standards (IBS) provides the

central basis within the United States of a complete and consistent

system of physical measurement; coordinates that system with

measurement systems of other nations ; and furnishes essential

services leading to accurate and uniform physical measurements

throughout the Nation's scientific community, industry, and

commerce.

This central base consists of a complete, consistent set of units

and national standards for physical measurement having precision and accuracy matched to national needs. It is accompanied

by a chain of measurement extending to such multiples and submultiples as are needed for continued technological advancement.

PHYSICAL QUANTITIES, NATURAL CONSTANTS,

MEASUREMENT SERVICES

The International System of Units (SI), denned by the 11th

and 12th General Conferences on Weights and Measures, is the

base for the international system of measurement and for most

national systems. Six of these SI units—the kilogram, meter,

second, degree Kelvin, ampere, and candela—are the arbitrarily

chosen values of six quantities of the physical world—mass,

length, time, temperature, electric current and luminous intensity.

Consistent units for other quantities may be derived from these,

with appropriate values fixed by the units selected for the basic

six. The English system—pound, inch, second, degree Fahrenheit, etc.—and other systems of units are related to the SI units

by definite conversion factors.

At present, the range of items in NBS measurement services covers those quantities known to be of major importance to sci- ence and technology. As new developments appear, there will be

shifts of emphasis in the Bureau's R&D program aimed at providing measurement, calibration and test services for new quantities,

at extending ranges, and at improving accuracies.

23
The following specific program accomplishments and improved

calibration services relating to basic physical quantities and

constants were realized in fiscal year 1966:

INTERNATIONAL BASE UNITS

Length

Line Standard Interferometer.—The automatic length-scale

interferometer mentioned in the 1965 Technical Highlights has

been applied to routine calibration activity with a decrease in cali- bration fees by a factor of ten. Ultimate accuracy of the instrument has still to be determined, but is at least as great as the

method previously used.

Phase Correction Equations.—Decrease in the uncertainty of

phase corrections as applied to length measurement has been

achieved by the development of equations more adequately relat- ing polarization measurements of surface effects to interferometric measurements of length.

Laser Research.—Previous research and development work has

contributed to widespread applications of continuous-wave gas

lasers in length metrology. To provide the required knowledge of

the laser wavelength in terms of the fundamental standard of

length, the wavelength of the 3s-2p4 transition of neon was

measured by comparing a helium-neon laser with a standard krypton-86 lamp. However, the gas pressure in the laser discharge

tube appears to be an important factor, and this will be studied

further. Additional work is under way to measure laser wavelengths in cooperation with the national laboratories in other

countries.

Mass

A new mass standardization program at NBS will enable scientists to provide selected scientific, commercial ^nd industrial users with a complete evaluation of their mass-measuring procedures at a tremendous saving of time and money. NBS provides the user with two, one-kilogram (about 2.2 pounds) weights rather than a complete set of test weights that previously took from three to

six months to calibrate. Using these two weights as a reference,

the user makes his mass measurements and records necessary

data (scale readings, relative humidity in the measurement room,

etc.) , and teletypes this data to NBS. With the aid of a computer

the data is analyzed and the results of the measurement are tele- typed back to the user. This entire procedure can take place in one hour.

There are advantages of this system to the laboratories, to

24
NBS, and to the Nation. The analysis provides laboratories with

control data to establish and check the precision of their measure- ment process. Statistical procedures for doing this have been

developed and verified at NBS, using many years of mass meas- urement data. By knowing the capabilities of their system and

monitoring its performance on a day-to-day basis, laboratories are

in the position of knowing at once when something goes wrong

as well as having irrefutable evidence to substantiate the values

they arrive at. Time and Frequency

NBS work in the area of time and frequency includes all aspects

of the subject (except for astronomical observations) ranging

from basic research on atomic frequency standards to the operation of radio stations for disseminating time and frequency. The

four main categories are (1) Atomic Time and Frequency Standards, (2) Atomic Standards Research, (3) Radio Broadcast Services, and (4) Time and Frequency Dissemination Research.

Atomic Frequency Standard.—The present NBS Frequency

Standard is the cesium atomic beam standard NBS III, located at the Boulder, Colo., Laboratories. Located close to this standard

are some oscillators of high stability whose frequency is compared

to the NBS III on a routine basis. The counting of cycles of these

oscillators forms the basis of NBS Atomic Time Scale (NBS-A).

These standards are disseminated by radio stations WWVB (60

kHz) and WWVL (20 kHz) at Fort Collins, Colo., the high frequency station WWVH at Maui, Hawaii, and the new station at Fort Collins replacing WWV. Frequencies of the Fort Collins

transmitters are automatically controlled so that the accuracy of

the transmitted signals is essentially that of the NBS III—about

one part in 10". Signals received from WWVB and WWVL at WWV and WWVH are used to correct the frequencies of the latter

two stations. Further comparison between these stations and

others is accomplished by monitoring, and by carrying portable

clocks to other laboratories.

Improved Frequency Standard Studies.—The needs imposed by

the tracking of deep space satellites require the development of

frequency standards with accuracies at least two orders of magnitude better than the present NBS III. As part of this effort, one hydrogen maser has been constructed and another is being assembled. At present an atomic beam machine is operating with thallium for evaluation as a possible standard. Also, a move is being made to establish a cooperative effort with a commercial

firm for the development of an atomic beam machine of improved

characteristics.

25
Time Signals at 20 kHz.—Until recently the 20 kHz signals

have been basically standard frequency signals only, and there

has been uncertainty whether time information could be conveyed

effectively by them because of the narrow antenna bandwidth.

However, in the past year a study has shown that signals of this

type hold great hope of carrying time information.

Temperature

Copper-Constantan Thermocouple Calibration.—A substantial

improvement was made in reporting calibration results for copperconstantan thermocouples (in the range —190 to 300 °C) by using

a computer program to reduce data and to print tables with

entries at 1 degree intervals.

Manometer Pressure Standard for High-Temperature Gas

Thermometry.—A precision manometer constructed for the hightemperature gas thermometry project is unique as a pressure

standard. Uncertainties of height, mercury density and gravitational acceleration yield a root-mean-square error of 1 ppm for

pressures above 3.5 kN/m2

. The instrument exhibits rapid thermal recovery, thereby allowing the operator to take measurements

five times faster than was previously possible. A second important unit developed is a very high quality pressure-transducer

which features high vacuum, small volume (33 mm3 ), high sensitivity (0.13 raN/ra2

) , and high stability of the null point. Equality of pressure on opposite sides of the diaphragm is ascertainable

to ±10-6 cm Hg (±1.3 mN/m2

)

.

Stability Test for Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers.—Largely

based upon work done in the NBS Temperature Section, a stability test for liquid-in-glass thermometers has been written up and

adopted for use by the American Society for Testing and Materials. Its use is now under consideration by the International

Standards Organization.

Freezing Point of Zinc.—In a cooperative effort with the NBS

Office of Standard Reference Materials, thermal analysis was used

to establish that high purity (> 99.9999 percent) zinc had freezing point ranges of not more than 0.0002 °C at a temperature not more than 0.001 °C from the assigned temperature on the Inter- national Practical Temperature Scale (IPTS). While the zinc

cell has long been a useful device in realizing IPTS, material of

this exceptional purity has never been available. More precise

calibration at the zinc point will now be possible.

MECHANICAL QUANTITIES

12-million-pound Force Testing Machine.—A universal testing

machine of 12 million pounds capacity has been erected at the

26
Bureau's Gaithersburg site. This machine provides a unique facility which will be used in calibration of force-measuring devices

with capacities up to 12 million lbf (53 million newtons) and in

the investigation of the behavior of full-scale structural components such as compression or tension specimens up to 55 feet in

length, and beam specimens up to 85 feet in length. It is anticipated that cooperative tests will be undertaken with universities

This twelve-million-lbf capacity hydraulic testing machine, believed to be

the world's largest, is being installed in the new NBS Engineering Mechanics

Building. A unique facility, the machine will provide the force to calibrate multi-million-lbf capacity force-measuring devices for space and industrial applications and to test full-scale structural components. The machine has

a total height of 101 ft, including 21 ft in a pit.

27
and industry since this machine is the only one in the United

States having a capacity greater than 5 million lbf. Vacuum Generator.—Installation of a highly stable pressure

generator for producing pressures in the vacuum range 10~3 to 10-8 torr (0.133 to 1.3xlO-6 N/m2

) has been completed. This

facility, utilizing continuous flow of gases through variable con- ductances, will facilitate the Bureau's work in investigation of

vacuum-measuring instruments and in establishing an extended

calibration capacity.

High Pressure Reference Points.—In the measurement of high

pressures the need for improved accuracy has resulted in greater

attention to the establishment of reference pressures, analogous

to the fixed points of the temperature scale. New laboratory programs for improved measurement of two such reference pressures

have been completed. These are the melting pressure of mercury

at 0 °C, in the neighborhood of 108,000 psi (740 MN/m2

) and the

crystalline transition pressure of bismuth—the bismuth I-II tran- sition—at 25 °C near 380,000 psi (2.6 GN/m2

) . Both of these

measurements were made with specially-built dead-weight-loaded

free-piston gages. The imprecisions associated with the new

measurements are the lowest ever achieved. In the measurement

of the bismuth transition, the hydrostatic pressure reached is believed to be the highest yet achieved with a liquid-filled free-piston

gage.

ELECTRICAL QUANTITIES—DC AND LOW FREQUENCY

The Volt Standard Moved to Gaithersburg.—The NBS volt

standard, consisting of 44 standard cells of the saturated cadmium sulfate type, was moved from its old location in Washington, D. C. to the new Bureau facilities in Gaithersburg, Maryland.

The new standard cell laboratory at Gaithersburg includes many

features to facilitate research on standard cells and the calibration of cells for the general public, industry, universities, and

scientific laboratories. While the old facility in Washington was

operated completely on direct current, the new one at Gaithersburg utilizes alternating current and is housed in a shielded room.

Specification for Dry Cells and Batteries.—The ninth edition of

the American Standard Specification for Dry Cells and Batteries was prepared and issued. The new edition includes, for the first time, specifications on alkaline manganese dioxide, zinc-silver

oxide, and sealed nickel-cadmium cells; previous editions were

confined to specifications for Leclanche and mercury cells and batteries. New tests were incorporated to cover cells and batteries

for high-rate discharges required in appliances such as tooth28
A. G. McNish, Chief of the NBS Metrology Division, carries a platinumiridium meter bar, which was the U. S. National Standard of length until 1960,

into the administration building at the Bureau's new Gaithersburg (Md.)

laboratories. There it was placed in a new standards vault, along with a which is the Nation's standard of mass.

duplicate meter bar and two platinum-iridium one-kilogram weights, one of

brushes, electric shavers, etc., for cells used in electric watches,

for cells used in highway safety flashers, and for cells used in

electronic photoflashers.

D-C Voltage Divide?- Calibration.—A simple, easy, and inexpensive technique for calibrating d-c voltage dividers (volt-boxes) to lOppm has been developed. This modification of a method proposed by the Julie Research Laboratories requires a set of 13 re- sistors only nominally equal in value, together with a 3-decade

resistance box and a microvolt detector to determine their ratios

and the ratios of the volt-box under test. All standards laboratories can now extend the range of potentiometric measurements

from 1 to 1000 volts, by using the detailed information and error

evaluation published by NBS.

Peak AC-DC Comparisons.—Independent verification has been

provided of the NBS ac-dc standards on which all a-c measure- ments of voltage and current depend. A long and careful series

of comparisons has demonstrated excellent agreement between a peak ac-dc comparator, developed by the NBS Electronic Instru- mentation Section, and the basic rms ac-dc transfer standards of

the Bureau. Tests with a wave analyzer preceded by an appropriate fundamental rejection filter showed that at 400 and 1000

29
Hz the possible waveform error in the comparisons was less than

10 ppm. These results make possible a new calibration service

for peak as well as rms ac-dc comparators.

ELECTRICAL QUANTITIES—RADIO

Quantum Electronics.—Calorimeters for the measurement of

pulsed laser energy at one wavelength have been built and tested.

Two calorimeters of dissimilar geometries have given results

which agree within a fraction of a percent. These can also be

used for the measurement of power from a CW laser. It is ex- pected that before long these instruments will serve as the basis

for an NBS standard of energy, a standard of power, and eventually for standards and calibration services of an increasing range

of energy, power, and wavelength.

Frequency Measurements of Looser Light.—A submillimeterwave laser is being built with the objective of measuring its frequency, and it is hoped that this will be the first step in the long

process of making direct frequency measurements of coherent

light.

High Frequency Electrical Standards

CW Power Measurement Technique.—An accurate, wide-range,

power measurement technique was developed which makes possible the determination of the net power delivered to a load of

arbitrary impedance. All power measurements relate to a known

arbitrary level by dimensionless ratios which are measured using

a precision waveguide-below-cutoff attenuator. At 30 MHz, with

power measurements extending from 10~2 watts to 10~14 watts,

the corresponding maximum uncertainties ranged from ±0.5 percent to 1.5 percent.

RF Current Comparator.—A new technique for measuring the

ratio between two sinusoidal currents permits both magnitude and

phase to be measured with high precision, and with negligible

perturbation of the network. The basic principle involves the

insertion of a special network at the point where the current is to be measured. An auxiliary coherent source is adjusted so that

the inserted network appears as a short circuit (zero impedance)

to the current being measured.

Coaxial Calorimetric RF Power Standard.—A new dual-load

calorimetric power meter was developed as a reference standard

in the range 2 to 100 W. The maximum uncertainty of the cal- orimeter is 0.35 percent at frequencies from d-c to 4 GHz.

Pulse Voltage Standard Extended.—The measurement range of

the NBS low and medium level pulse voltage standard has been

30
extended upward to 1000 V, from the former 100 V limit. This

standard measures the peak voltage amplitude of pulses with

durations as short as 10 nanoseconds. Maximum uncertainty is 0.3 percent; a 1 percent calibration service has therefore been

announced. Work is in progress to extend the range downward

to 5 mV and upward to 50 kV.

Near-Zone Field Intensity Meter.—Prototypes of two new near- zone field intensity meters were developed and field tested. They

were designed to cover only the two ends of the 150 kHz-30 MHz

band, but proved to be adequate for the entire band. One resembles a tuned-rf voltmeter, while the other is a heterodyne-type

voltmeter with a swept local oscillator. The meters are capable

of measuring field strengths of 0.1 to 1000 volts/meter with very

little perturbation of the field. This latter property was achieved

by building all of the rf circuitry within the antenna or probe and

using a specially developed highly resistive transmission line to transmit the d-c output to a remote indicator.

Broad-Band, High Directivity Coaxial Coupler.—A coaxial

coupler has been developed for use as a reflectometer in impedance

measurements and as a comparator in calibration of rf power

meters. The directivity of the coupler is at least 50 dB over

octave frequency bands, and auxiliary tuners are not required.

The maximum VSWR of the coupler lines is 1.01 up to 4 GHz.

More than 40 requests for design information and complete drawings on the coupler have been received from domestic and foreign

laboratories and manufacturers.

Improvements in RF Voltage Standards and Measurement

Techniques.—The maximum uncertainty in the reference standard bridge used for rf voltage measurement has been reevaluated

for frequencies up to 100 MHz and a new figure of 0.3 percent

assigned. At 1000 MHz, the new figure is 2 percent. These

values for maximum uncertainty were verified experimentally by

comparison with power standards. It was also shown that use

of the NBS-designed tee-junction allows calibration of voltmeters

with a precision no worse than 1 percent in the 500 to 100 MHz

frequency range.

Improvements in AC-DC Ratio Measurement.—Improvements

in rf voltage bridge measurements over the past few months have

given a reproducibility of the ac-dc ratio to ±0.15 percent at 100 MHz and 1 volt levels. Four different bolometer mounts

were used in checking the agreement, in addition to a comparison

with power measurements. The mounts included: (1) two

negative temperature coefficient thermistors, (2) one negative

temperature coefficient thermistor and a "zero" temperature co31
efficient resistor, (3) one positive temperature coefficient thermistor and a "zero" temperature coefficient resistor, and (4) a Bolovac. The resulting measurement uncertainty is estimated to be

within ±0.3 percent, a considerable improvement over the previ- ous value of ±1 percent.

High Frequency Impedance Standards

Inductive Voltage Dividers.-—Inductive voltage dividers having

a 2 to 1 ratio of input voltage to output voltage were developed.

Deviations from nominal are less than 0.1 ppm from 1 kHz to above 1 MHz, as measured with a limit of uncertainty of ±0.025

ppm on a bridge specially developed foi this purpose. An experimental 1 MHz voltage attenuator having a 42 dB range in 6 dB

steps was constructed from seven 2 to 1 voltage ratio transformers. Theoretical considerations and preliminary measurements

indicate the uncertainties in attenuation to be less than 0.005 dB

per 6 dB step. Also, two seven-decade inductive voltage dividers

and several 20-section single-decade dividers were constructed for

evaluation from 30 kHz to 100 kHz. Initial checking indicates

the presence of systematic errors at 50 kHz of the order of 10

ppm, for which corrections can be made.

Low Impedance Measurement.—Low impedance devices may

now be measured accurately with a precision admittance bridge

at radio frequency. The technique involves measuring the low

impedance in series with a 2-port (three-terminal) impedance

which is evaluated as a pi network. By this technique, at 3 MHz,

0.1 mF capacitors have been measured with an uncertainty of

about 1 percent, and 0.01 mF capacitors have been measured with an uncertainty of about 0.1 percent. Recently developed precision coaxial connectors and accurate high-frequency capacitance

standards are vital to this technique.

RF Capacitance Measurements.—The use of precision coaxial

connectors now permits the evaluation of capacitance from 1 to 1000 pF in the 1 to 5 MHz range, with uncertainty limits from

about 0.2 to 0.01 percent + 0.002 pF. Preliminary intercompari- son between the computed effective capacitance of parallel plate

capacitors and coaxial line standards have confirmed these limits.

Electrodynamic Ammeter.—The coaxial radio frequency elec- trodynamic ammeter developed at NBS operates on the electric

motor principle—that of a torque produced on a shorted copper

ring by a changing magnetic field. It has a theoretical maximum

uncertainty of ±0.5 percent of rf current for the TEM mode with

a high standing-wave ratio.

Improved Calibration Services.—Precision has been improved

for all services, with an improvement in overall accuracy in several

32
cases. Phase shift and time-delay services are now offered over

a wide frequency range using existing equipment. Coaxial frequency calibrations have been extended to 18 GHz in some cases. New lower prices recently announced have resulted in a considerable increase in demand for calibrations in the area of power,

voltage, and especially in attenuation. Immittance calibrations

have also increased markedly with the advent of the new precision

connectors.

Microwave Standards

International Intercomparisons.—Power standard intercomparisons are being made on a "round robin" basis with a circulating

set of two standards each from the participating nations : Japan,

Hungary, Russia, and the United States. Low Power Standards.—A new microcalorimeter for the 18.0-

26.5 GHz band was built and evaluated, and is now in regular use. Evaluation of a new microcalorimeter for the 26.5-40.0 GHz band

is nearing completion.

Attenuation Measurements.—A technique has been implemented

to allow measurement of small changes in the dissipative components of insertion loss, providing sensitivity of a few parts in 105

. The measurement is independent of source amplitude fluctuations,

and since it avoids stringent microwave power stability requirements, the associated instrumentation is considerably reduced.

A new type of readout device has been developed for rotary vane

attenuators. This readout eliminates gear eccentricity errors, and has greatly reduced errors from backlash.

Miniature Precision Coaxial Connectors.—The Bureau is fostering cooperative research in miniature precision coaxial connectors which is leading to an extension of the state-of-the-art. It

is hoped that this effort will result in a coordinated development

by manufacturers of miniature connectors, so that the resulting

concepts and devices will be suitable for standardization.

Microwave Calibrations

Power Calibration System.—A microwave power calibration

system was developed for the measurement of low-level CW power

in coaxial-terminated power meters operating at a frequency of

9.0 GHz. This service makes use of an existing microwave power

calibration system for WR90 waveguide and takes into account

the errors resulting from the coaxial-to-waveguide transition. A

microwave power calibration system was developed for the meas- urement of low-level CW power in WR187 waveguide (3.95-5.85

GHz) utilizing the impedance variation method of power

measurement.

33
Frequency Calibration System.—A microwave frequency cali- bration system was developed for the measurement of frequency

resonance in cavity wavemeters in WR12 waveguide (60-90

GHz) . A calibration system was also developed for measurement

of the FM components in the power spectrum of precision signal sources having nominal frequencies of 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, and 10 MHz.

The system measures the magnitude of spectral lines relative to the power of the carrier frequency of the signal.

Reflection Coefficient Measurements.—A microwave calibration

system was developed for the measurement of reflection coefficient

magnitude in WR187 waveguide (3.95-5.85 GHz) using the re- flectometer method of measurement. Waveguide interlaboratory

standards having reflection coefficient magnitudes from 0.024 to

0.2 in this waveguide size can be determined.

Attenuation Calibration System.—A microwave attenuation

calibration system was developed for the measurement in WR430

waveguide (1.70-2.60 GHz) of attenuation difference in variable

attenuators, and insertion loss in fixed waveguide attenuators. The IF-substitution method of attenuation measurement is used,

and the accuracy of measurement is reported as ±0.1 dB or ±1

percent (whichever is greater) for variable attenuators, and

±0.2 dB or ±1 percent, for fixed attenuators. PHOTOMETRIC AND RADIOMETRIC QUANTITIES

Color-Temperature Measurements.—A high-precision photoelectric color-temperature comparator for incandescent lamps has

been developed. It generates pulses of red and blue light by alter- nately positioning two colored filters on a rapidly rotating disk in

front of a photo-multiplier tube. The red-blue ratio indications

of the instrument are sufficiently sensitive that color-temperature

comparisons of test and standard lamps can be made to a precision of 1 °K. This precision is an order of magnitude better than

that obtained in visual comparisons.

Optical Wedge Error Calculated.-—Optical wedges—filters having a linear variation in optical density along their length—are

calibrated for use as density standards. The method of measure- ment used in calibration introduces a small but previously un- qualified error. On the basis of rigorous mathematical analysis, a computer was programmed to calculate wedge corrections which

could be applied to measured densities to find the density at the

center of the slit. Such wedges can be measured and specified more accurately, and the method can now be included in the "USA

Standard Methods for Measuring Optical Density."

34
Photoionization Studies.—Absolute actinometry in photoionization studies is now possible as a result of the development of special techniques. This advance is based on the results of studies

which show that saturation currents can be measured, given

proper cell design and suitable choice of parameter such as pressure, light intensity, and monochromaticity. Photoionization

studies provide more accurate kinetic information on ion-molecule

reactions than conventional high-energy radiation systems, be- cause with monochromatic light of a selected wavelength, a few

well characterized ions can be produced in the reaction mixture.

This can be coupled with ionization efficiency measurements to provide quantitative information on the number of neutral excited

molecules produced.

Detector Standard for the Vacuum Ultraviolet.—A highly successful comparison of two absolute radiant flux detectors has been

accomplished in the spectral region 500 to 1000 A (50 to 100 nm)

.

One is a thermopile, calibrated in the visible, whose blackness,

photoelectric energy loss, and surface variation in sensitivity have

all been taken into account; the other is a rare-gas ionization

counter, constructed and operated to insure that each absorbed

photon creates one and only one electron-ion pair. At several

wavelengths in this region these two detectors have been compared; results show an agreement of a few tenths of a percent,

and a standard deviation of repeatability on the order of 2 percent. This represents an important improvement in the reliability of calibrations for this spectral region. Additional comparisons utilizing other absolute calibration techniques are planned

before a detector calibration service is established.

THERMAL QUANTITIES

Calorimeter for Heat Capacity and Enthalpy Measurements.—

Taking cognizance of the increased importance of high temperature processes in both industry and defense, a calorimeter has

been developed for measurements of heat capacity and enthalpy

at temperatures between 900 and 2500 °C. It is believed that this

calorimeter is the most accurate in its temperature range. Measurements have been made on pure aluminum oxide up to 2500 °C

(200° above its melting point) ; this substance serves as a heat

capacity standard throughout the world. Similar measurements

have been made on pure tungsten. This substance will serve as

a standard for heat capacity at the highest temperatures and the

results will also be used for interpreting the measurements on

liquid AI2O3.

35
IONIZING RADIATIONS

Radioactivity Standards Developments.—In fiscal year 1966,

505 radioactivity standards were sold and 46 calibrations were

performed. One new radioactivity standard, cerium-praseodymium-144 in the form of a /?- solution standard, was developed,

and two new tests were established: strontium-89 for the 2tt/3 ionization chamber, and tin-113-indium-113m for the 4-Try ionization chamber. Gamma-ray solution standards of radium-226 were resissued with an overall uncertainty of only 0.5 percent.

Investigations were made of the zirconium-niobium decay-scheme

parameters, and of the number of emitted 145-keV gamma rays

per disintegration of cerium-141. Also, a new accurate method

for calibration of gamma-emission rate by peak efficiencies was

proposed.

X-ray and Gamma-ray Standards.—A calorimeter for measuring the total power output of gamma-ray sources was completed,

and will be used to improve the accuracy of exposure measure- ments with cavity ionization chambers. Studies were made of

the effect of humidity on ionization in free-air and air-filled cavity

chambers; the correction previously applied was shown to be

incorrect.

Improved Facilities for Calibrating Laboratory Standards.—

Concurrent with the move to the new site, facilities for calibrating instruments used as laboratory standards have been greatly

improved, modernized and expanded, and now provide an accu- racy better than 2 percent. New facilities for the calibration of

radium and other small radioactive sources have been installed

and calibrations were carried out for 20 radium sources, 19

cobalt-60 sources, and three cesium-137 ranges. Five different

types of radiation instruments were given evaluation tests. Organic Dye Dosimetry Systems.—Organic dye systems, previously used at 105 to 108 rads in the form of thin films and gel

blocks for dose distribution studies, have now been developed for

the 102 to 105 rad range, using the liquid phase. The liquid may

also be used to impregnate paper for use as a "go—no-go" indicator in a number of steps from 105 to 108 rads.

Radiographic Emulsions Response Improved.—The response of

radiographic emulsion has been enhanced by the use of monochromatic light exposures before development, and by developing se- lectively the internal portion of the silver halide grains. Investigations have shown that the enhancement results primarily from

a large increase in developed grain size. Lithium Fluoride Thermoluminescence Dosimetry.—The total

36
thermoluminescence light emission of lithium fluoride was studied

as a function of exposure and exposure rate, and as a function of

photon energy. Cobalt-60 gamma rays and a broad spectrum of

low-energy bremsstrahlung were employed. No rate dependence

of the response was found over the entire range investigated, but

the shape of the response-exposure curve was shown to change

with photon energy, particularly in the region of superlinearity.

Beam Monitoring Activities.—Construction and assembly of the

precision 100 kW Faraday Cup for the NBS linear accelerator was essentially completed, and final assembly of a secondary emission monitor was started. Initial experiments on these devices

await the availability of the electron beam in the linac measure- ment room. Some preliminary experimental work on various

current, position, and size monitoring devices was begun using

the direct beams from the linac. Position-sensitive signals have

been observed in a mock-up nonintercepting pickup.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Explosive growth of the scientific literature and increasing con- cern with scientific information are well-known national and

world-wide phenomena. The Institute for Basic Standards, with

its defined emphasis in the quantitative and measurable aspects

of scientific information, has certain basic responsibilities to re- search establishments, to manufacturers and to users for providing reliable and accessible numerical information on the physical

properties of substances. These responsibilities are expressed in

all phases of the IBS program, including: (1) maintenance and

application of measurement standards; (2) definition of physical

quantities; (3) calibration services extending to others the capability for compatible measurement; and (4) measurement and

dissemination of numerical values for properties which need be

determined only once. The IBS program in this area is very broad in terms of its cov- erage of the physical sciences. However, it obviously can and

does cover only a small portion of the whole field of physical

property measurement. The experimental portion of this program parallels the data compilation activities that are described

under the National Standard Reference Data System.

The Institute is also engaged in a substantial amount of theoretical investigation. Most of it is aimed at augmenting meas- urement capabilities by developing methods of calculating physical properties. This is done where the properties are not directly

observable or where it is more efficient to establish functional

relationships which make it possible to extrapolate measurements

37
made under one or more sets of standard conditions to a wide

range of environments.

The following accomplishments in the specified program areas were realized in fiscal 1966 : Nuclear Properties

16 0(y,p) Cross Section Measurement.—An experiment to determine the shape of the 16 0(y,p) cross section at excitation energies

above the giant resonance region is nearing completion. Preliminary analysis of proton energy spectra made at excitation energy

intervals of 5 MeV indicate much less high energy structure than

in the (y,n) cross section measured by activation techniques and

analyzed by the least structure analysis. Proton energy spectra were measured with large area lithium-compensated silicon radiation detectors developed for this purpose.

Neutron Time-of-Flight Experiments.—Preparations for use of a 45-meter neutron time-of-flight path for photoneutron and neutron experiments with the electron linear accelerator are nearly

complete and experimental measurements will start with the availability of a beam in the linac experimental room. These preparations include installation of the evacuated time-of-flight tubes,

remotely controlled target changers, and dumping magnets.

Computer codes for use in handling neutron time-of-flight data

with the linac on-line computer have been written and tested. A

study of the folding of resolution functions that occur in neutron

time-of-flight experiments has been completed.

Neutron Measurements.—An analysis of the deposition of

energy by neutrons in cavities has led to a new and detailed understanding of important instruments used in radiobiological neutron

dosimetry. A second study has been completed of the absorption

of neutrons by fast neutron reactions in the manganous-sulfate

bath method for the absolute calibration of neutron sources. Linear Accelerator Progress.—The Bureau's 100 MeV linear

electron accelerator (linac) produced an electron beam for the

first time in July 1965. During the contractor's check-out and

demonstration period, which continued until October, it was demonstrated that the energy, energy spread, and beam loading of

the accelerator were extremely close to the initial design values.

Because work continued on the beam-handling system, very little beam time was possible until March 1966, when a portion of the

beam-handling system was removed to install a beam window

and dump. This made available a small area for limited experimental work on beam monitoring devices, production of radioactivity samples, induced radioactivity, and multiple neutron production. Irradiations were provided for various users, including

38
a test of beam windows developed for use with the Stanford twomile accelerator (SLAC).

Nuclear Orientation Cryostat.—A nuclear orientation cryostat

has been completed and installed in the Gaithersburg laboratory.

This cryostat uses a dumped liquid helium-3 bath in a closed sys- tem to produce a temperature of approximately 0.3 °K, the start- ing temperature for adiabatic demagnetization of a paramagnetic

salt. The magnetizing field is provided by a superconducting sol- enoid contained within the cryostat. After demagnetizing, the

salt is moved into a weaker polarizing field. The radiations from

a radioactive source on the surface of the salt are observed with

a solid state beta detector contained within the cryostat and ex- ternal gamma detectors so arranged to observe nuclear spin-betagamma angular correlations. The cryostat has been successfully

operated with large heat capacity single paramagnetic crystals

and developments are progressing so that lower temperatures can

be sustained with small heat capacity crystals.

Beta Ray Spectrometer.—A beta ray spectrometer using cooled

solid state detectors is under construction. This spectrometer

will have good energy resolution with very high detection effi- ciency for the study of electron energy distribution and electronelectron or electron-gamma angular correlations.

Theory of Nuclear Reactions.—An eigenchannel theory of nuclear reactions has been developed according to which the eigenstates and eigenvalues of the S matrix are directly computed from

the shell model. The calculation of all partial and total cross

sections is then very simple. In a collective treatment of the

giant resonances in spherical nuclei, the influence of surface vi- brations on the total photon absorption cross section has been

calculated. The agreement with the experimental results in me- dium nuclei is good. The treatment of the giant quadrupole reso- nance of deformed nuclei has been extended to include the cou- pling between different collective modes in a quantum mechanical

treatment. This required the development of the quantum hydrodynamics of the nucleus including all modes, viz., the rotations,

surface vibrations and giant resonance oscillations.

Residual Radioactivity Studies.—A study of residual activities

of materials exposed in linac radiations (both gamma and neutron) was begun. A number of activities not observed with

lower energy linacs have been shown to be of major significance

with the NBS linac.

Beam Power Handling—A thin (150 mg/cm2

) window for

transmission of the electron beam from the vacuum system of the

NBS linac and a large water-filled beam dump for absorbing the

39
full 100 kW beam have been designed and built. These devices

have been successfully tested in the direct linac beam at currents

up to 600 [iA average and power levels up to 60 kW.

The 1.5 MeV Dynamitron.—The 1.5 MeV Dynamitron has been

installed and accepted from the manufacturer. Before acceptance, the maximum available power and the characteristics of

the voltage and current stability were measured over the voltage

range from 0.25 to 1.50 MeV and found to be satisfactory. Further studies on beam size and homogeneity, and on beam handling

problems are in progress.

U MeV Accelerator.—Installation and testing of the new 4 MeV

electrostatic accelerator has been completed and experimental

programs are underway. Principal features of this machine include a 1 mA 4-MeV direct current output as well as a pulsing

capability for electrons. The pulsed beam has a maximum output

of % A with a repetition rate between 50 and 500 Hz and a fixed

pulse width of 1 /isec. The electron beam can be directed into one of two experimental rooms which have a combined area of

approximately 1200 square feet. Future plans for improving this

accelerator include the installation of a deflection magnet capable

of providing high momentum resolution of the electron beam.

Atomic and Molecular Properties

Ion Reaction Rates.—A number of negative ion species, notably

oxygen and hydrogen, are important in atmospheric and astro- physical problems because of their capacity for absorbing visible

light photons. Current military problems involving the atmosphere have added to this interest. A technique for the study of

absorption now has been developed in which the negative ions are

illuminated while in thermal equilibrium with the parent gas, at temperatures and pressures characteristic of relevant atmospheric

conditions. Preliminary measurements indicate that the earlier

results for molecular oxygen ions were correct within a factor of

two or three.

Rare Earth Atomic Spectra.—Observations and analyses of ten rare earth spectra were major activities during 1966. Work

during the past year has yielded the lowest levels for most of the

atomic or ionic species (out of as many as 20,000 lines) being

investigated. The results are important for astrophysical re- search and physical chemistry, as well as for theoretical atomic

physics.

Atomic Spectra in the Vacuum Ultraviolet.—A number of

atomic spectra have been newly observed in the vacuum ultraviolet, both for analysis and to obtain more accurate wavelength

standards in the region 500 to 2000 A. Several hundred lines

40
4!
have been measured with wavelength uncertainties less than

0.001 A, greatly increasing the number of possible secondary

standards.

Details of Internal Molecular Motions and Geometry.—Highresolution infrared and microwave techniques have been applied

to studies of the fine details of internal molecular motions and

molecular geometry. Of particular interest are microwave studies of the transient molecular fragment CF2 and the high-temperature species CsOH. These represent the first unstable molecular species with more than two atoms which have been detected

by microwave techniques. The experiments have shown several

unexpected features of the internal vibrations in these molecules

which are being investigated further.

Infrared Studies on Refractory Material Vapors.—Infrared

measurements on the vapors from refractory materials have been

carried out using the matrix isolation technique. In particular,

the fluorides and chlorides of magnesium, calcium, strontium, and

barium have been investigated in this way. It has been possible

to determine the molecular geometry and vibrational frequencies

of these molecules, which are important constituents of hightemperature systems but which are extremely difficult to investigate directly.

Laser Action in Molecular Gases.—A program for the study

of laser action in molecular gases has made considerable progress.

A very detailed series of measurements on the output from a

nitrogen laser was carried out and has led to a reasonably good

understanding of the mechanism of this system.

Profiles of Resonances in Atomic Continua.—The photoelectric

scanning monochromator has been put to work studying the profiles of resonances found in the photoionization continua of the

noble gas atoms. These resonances are due to short-lived discrete

high-energy states of atoms involving the excitation of inner elec- trons or the excitation of two electrons simultaneously. These

states interact with the adjacent continua, resulting in resonances which appear as absorption lines superimposed on the continuum,

windows in the continuum absorption, or a combination of the

two resulting in asymmetric features. Data have now been accu- mulated on the profiles of the strongest resonances occurring in

helium, neon, and argon and work is proceeding with similar

measurements in krypton and xenon. Also, a new spectroscopic

instrument, a 3-meter grazing-incidence monochromator, was put

into operation on the NBS 180 MeV synchroton.

Oscillator Strengths of Molecular Hydrogen.—Oscillator

strengths of molecular hydrogen derived from electron scattering

42
measurements show that the generally accepted optical absorption

coefficients in the wavelength range 850 to 1100 A are in serious

error. Further measurements in xenon and krypton have re- solved peaks due to inner shell "d" electrons. Some of these

energy levels had not previously been observed. Other measure- ments with 20 keV electrons have shown inner shell excitations

in aluminium and beryllium, permitting measurements of cross

sections for these processes as well as x-ray absorption coeffi- cients. In this very soft ~ 100 eV x-ray region few similar meas- urements exist.

Electron Scattering From Liquid Alloys.—The unique measure- ments on electron scattering from liquid metals have been ex- tended to alloys. These measurements, besides showing changes

in the band structure of bismuth upon melting, have shown that

in indium-bismuth and indium-aluminum alloys the excitation

energies change continuously with composition.

Field Emission Energy Distribution Measurements.—The first precision measurements of field emission energy distribution from

known perfect single crystal planes of tungsten have been completed. These measurements yield a value for the work function

01 A micrograph produced in one of the Bureau's field-ion emission studies. The pattern shows a clean surface of tungsten. Atoms appear as bright

M! spots of light.

43
of the 110 plane of tungsten which is anomalously high. This

result is significant in that it cannot be reconciled with the cur- rently accepted theories of electron emission.

Photodetachment of Negative Ions.—The absolute cross section

for the photodetachment of electrons from I- has been redetermined to be about a factor of two larger than the previously ac- cepted value. The difference is ascribed primarily to one sys- tematic error whose absolute limit can now be measured for the

first time in the new NBS photodetachment apparatus. The absolute cross section and its variation with wavelength in the

threshold region for the photodetachment of electrons from SH_ and SD~ have also been measured. Preliminary analysis of the

data indicates no isotope effect in marked contrast to similar ex- periments with OH~ and OD~ performed recently at NBS.

Plasma Spectroscopy.—The wall-stabilized arc was used to measure a number of transition probabilities in Sulfur II. Measurements were also made of the line broadening in Sulfur II, and

the results provided part of the motivation for a re-examination

of the theory of Stark broadening for positive ions. Shock tube

measurements of some ultraviolet oscillator strengths in Carbon II were also completed ; they agree nicely with some recent calculations on Carbon I and II performed at NBS.

High Resolution Bremsstrahlung Measurements.—Investigations of 1 to 4 MeV bremsstrahlung from intermediate and thin

targets are in progress. A new experimental tool is the lithium

drifted germanium detector, whose high resolution permits careful mapping of the upper end of the x-ray spectrum. Ge detec- tors ranging from ^ to 10 cm3 are being used and the total absolute efficiency of the detectors as a function of energy is being

measured with NBS radioactivity standards. Emphasis is being

placed on absolute calibration of the bremsstrahlung flux density

to permit greater accuracy in the measurement of nuclear and

atomic cross sections.

Energy Required to Create an Electron-Hole Pair.—The relative energy required to create an electron-hole pair by ionizing

radiation, f, was measured in silicon in the interval from 4.2

to 77 °K. These measurements indicated that e decreased less than 1 percent in this range. The slight temperature variation

of E is in agreement with the predictions of the Schockley theory.

Work done elsewhere had indicated that e was as high at 5.2 eV

at 20 °K.

Theory of Thick-Target Bremsstrahlung Production.—The

bremsstrahlung emerging from thick targets has been calculated

for aluminum and tungsten absorbers with electron energies be44
tween 100 keV and 10 MeV. The dimensions of such thick tar- gets are comparable with the range of the incident electrons, and

the multiple scattering of the electrons and bremsstrahlung photons is important. The available theory of bremsstrahlung cross

section, when combined with Monte Carlo transport calculations,

is adequate to account for the available experimental results.

Energy Transfer.—The intensity distribution of the CH emission spectrum produced in the reaction of oxygen-atoms with

acetylene has been studied. The rotational energy initially car- ried by CH is distributed in a highly non-equilibrium fashion and

is effectively redistributed to a room-temperature thermal distribution by collisions with inert gases. This rotational energy re- laxation process has been interpreted in terms of a "two-state

model," one state corresponding to the initial, high-temperature

distribution, and the other to room temperature. The efficiency

for rotational energy transfer has been deduced.

Spectrum of Helium.—Experimental and theoretical studies on

the vacuum ultraviolet emission spectrum of helium have provided

information on the transient species He2 . The 600 A bands,

which show structure similar to vibrational transitions, are not

due to emission for electronically excited He2 but come from emission during the collision of an excited and a normal helium atom.

The structure is merely a reflection of the nodes and antinodes in

the wave-function in the continuum region above an attractive

potential well. The spectra permit deductions concerning the

shape and depth of the well.

Fluorescence Appearance Energies.—"Fluorescence Appearance

Energies" is a new technique in which photons selected by a vacuum monochromator are absorbed by simple molecules (H2 0,

N2 0, N02 ) contained in a cell. The fluorescence of fragments

is measured normal to the incident beam. The threshold energies

for the appearance of the fluorescence due to OH(A2E+),

NO (A2 2+) , NO (B2 ^) have been measured for the first time. The

fluorescence yields have been measured over the wavelength interval from the appearance threshold down to the LiF cutoff at 1050

A. These fluorescence yield measurements, in the case of N2O

photolysis, have also revealed thresholds for the production of

, N(2 D) and N2 (B3 ^).

Matrix Isolation Characterization of Free Radicals.—The thermodynamic properties of NCN have been calculated from the

measurement of fundamental vibration frequencies. The carbon

e nitrogen stretching force constant approaches a value characterl() istic of a doubly bonded species. The force constants and there

. modynamic properties of CNN have been similarly derived.

45
Measurements on HNF have also led to values for the thermodynamic constants of this radical.

Radio Materials.—Measurement emphasis in this area is on methods of measuring dielectrics at elevated temperatures. The

effect of sample shape on spin wave resonances has been studied

in polycrystalline materials, and related studies on single crystals are in progress. An apparatus for studying dielectric properties

of materials at 2mm wavelength has been completed. Large,

highly pure crystals of sodium chloride and calcite have been

grown.

Quantum Electronics.—Experimental studies of the Raman and

Brillouin effects produced by coherent radiation have continued.

Progress has also been made in the redetermination of the fine structure constant by the study of ionized helium, and in the

evaluation of an absorption Stark voltmeter.

Radio Plasma.—During the past year work based upon the

brush cathode plasma developed at NBS has been completed.

Various diagnostic tools have been compared, and their ranges of

agreement ascertained. The recombination coefficient of helium was measured. Some new millimeter wave interferometers for

diagnosis were built. Considerable experimental and theoretical

work upon the noise emission maxima of plasma in a magnetic

field (the so-called Landauer effect) was done.

Solid State Properties

The experimental determination of magnetic hyperfine fields

is important in understanding the microscopic mechanisms of

magnetic behavior. To supplement nuclear magnetic resonance

studies of the 4d transition metals, a study of the 4/ transition

metals was begun. Europium was selected as the first rare-earth

metal to be studied. This element becomes antiferromagnetic at 87 °K and possesses a helical (screw type) spin structure. Thermodynamic and Transport Properties

Electromotive Force Series for Halides and Oxides.—Electromotive force series for the elements in solid and molten halides

and oxides were developed for a number of temperatures from 25

to 3000 °C. In these series the elements are arranged in decreasing order of reducing power, i.e., each element has a positive elec- trical potential when placed in contact with the element below it in the series. Since these series give the relative stability of ele- ments or metals in solid and molten salts, they have wide utility

in interpreting industrial processes, such as electrochemical production of energy, electroplating, or electrorefining. The fluoride,

46
chloride, bromide, and iodide series cover 69, 96, 90, and 82 ele- ments, respectively.

Membrane Reference Electrodes for Molten Salts.—A potentiometric method utilizing glass membrane reference electrodes was developed for determining the composition of molten salts with respect to cations for which reversible electrodes can be

constructed. The method is capable of measuring the concentration of heavy metal ions with an accuracy of 1 percent even

in very dilute solution as long as a small amount of sodium ion is present in the melt.

Heat Capacity at Low Temperature.—Measured results were made of the heat capacity of niobium-doped SrTi03 between 0.03

and 1 °K. Results demonstrated the removal of an anomaly

below 0.38 °K by application of magnetic field, thus confirming

the superconducting nature of the transition. The "thermodynamic critical field" (calculated from Tc and the y term from the

normal-state specific heat measurements) is in good agreement

with that obtained by magnetic moment measurements in speci- mens of the same carrier concentration.

Transport Properties of Compressed Gases.—The transport

properties of dilute gases at pressures around 1 atmosphere are independent of pressure or density. However, when a gas is compressed this is no longer true. Heretofore it was believed

that the density dependence of the transport properties of gases

could be represented by a power series similar to that of the

thermodynamic properties. It was discovered that this is not the

case and that actually the transport properties of gases depend

logarithmatically on the density. This development should affect

significantly the procedures for correlation of experimental data

and the prediction of transport properties of compressed gases.

Excitation Energy Transfer.—A new detector was developed

for the transfer of excitation energy between identical chromophors. It was used to study the transfer in a system where

dipole-dipole coupling between the chromophors is expected to be

very small. An anomalously large transfer distance of 45 A was

determined, which cannot be explained by present theories.

Measurements were also completed on intramolecular excitation

energy transfer on two molecules where the chromophors are

at opposite ends of a rigid steroid bridge. These two molecules

have the unique property that there is complete energy transfer

to the lowest energy state in the singlet system but no energy

transfer in the triplet system.

Phase Transition Measurement Technique.—A novel technique

47
for determining phase transitions has been developed using gaschromatography to study solid-solid and liquid-liquid transition

temperatures. The system to be examined is used as the "liquid

phase" placed on the column. The efficiency of the column for

gas chromatographic separations is studied as a function of temperature. At the transition temperature the column efficiency

changes markedly. To date, the method has been applied to metal

salts of stearic acid. The technique may have advantages over

differential thermal analysis.

Heats of Solution.—Initial measurements on the heat of solution of THAM (tris-hydroxy methyl aminomethane) in aqueous

hydrochloric acid were made with a new adiabatic heat-of-solution

calorimeter. THAM has been proposed as a working standard

for the evaluation and possible calibration of heat of solution

calorimeters. Measurements will be conducted on a more highly

purified sample now in preparation. Measurements of the heat

of thermal decomposition and solution of silver perchlorate were

also made. The results confirmed the values previously obtained

for the heats of formation of other alkali metal perchlorates.

Transition Probabilities of Argon.—As an aid in determining

accuracy of temperature measurements in the region of 10,000 °K,

transition probabilities of 29 lines in the 4s-4p array of argon

have been determined, in agreement with theory within combined

error. Measurements are being planned for this array using the

"life-time" method. This will be the first time that two high

precision, independent methods have been used to determine the same transition probabilities.

Susceptibility at Very Low Temperatures.—For the region of

extremely low temperatures (below 1 °K) the paramagnetic susceptibility of selected substances offers the most generally useful

quantity for an indication of temperature. Measurements made

on the inorganic salt cerous magnesium nitrate have shown that

temperatures as low as 0.002 °K may be produced utilizing this

salt as the cryogenic agent. By measuring the temperature dependence of the susceptibility, a thermometric scale for the range

0.002 to 2 °K has been obtained.

Heats of Solution with Rotating Bomb Calorimeter.—A method

has been developed for measuring heats of solution of metals in

hydrogen fluoride, using a rotating bomb calorimeter and collect- ing and accounting for the gas evolution. This work forms an

important item in the NBS development of fluorine reaction cal- orimetry, in which fluorine is substituted for oxygen as an oxidizing agent.

Heat Capacity of Superconductors.—Measurement of the heat

48
capacity of niobium-doped strontium titanate between 0.03 and

1 °K demonstrated the removal of the anomaly appearing below

0.38 °K by application of a magnetic field, thereby confirming the

superconducting nature of the transition. The "thermodynamic

critical magnetic field" (calculated from the values of the zerofield transition temperature and of the normal-state specific heat)

is in good agreement with that obtained by magnetic moment

measurements on specimens of the same carrier concentration.

High-Temperature Properties of Argon.—A report was completed on computation of properties of argon in equilibrium with

its first and second ions up to 35,000 °K (including corrections for

neutral-neutral and ion-neutral particle interactions). The re- port will be used by the Air Force for reduction of test data and

design of advanced hypervelocity test facilities. Compressibility of BF3 . —Experiments have been completed on

compressibility isotherms of gaseous BF3 to 225 °C. Significant

improvements in the constancy of sample volume and the accu- racy of pressure measurement above 125 °C were achieved

through use of a new capacitance sensor in the transducer, which

should permit extension of accurate PVT measurement up to 500

°C. Reproducibility of the transducer null (1 atm) for adverse

operating conditions at pressures up to 250 atm and at temperatures from 25 to 225 °C is ±0.02 mm Hg (±2.6 X 10~5 atm)

rather than the ±0.1 mm Hg previous reported.

Chemical Kinetics

Photochemistry Studies of Excited States of Radicals.—Programs in photochemistry have focused on excited states of radicals. Reactions of CH produced from flash photolysis of methane

indicate a method for the evaluation of an absolute reaction rate

constant. Studies of the radiolysis of hydrocarbons in the solid,

liquid and gaseous state have led to a deeper understanding of

radiolytic processes.

Theoretical Studies.—Advances have been made in the calculation of potential surfaces for chemical reaction, in the theory of

unimolecular reactions using resonance type models, and in the

theory of autocorrelation functions as applied to transport

3 phenomena.

Colloid and Surface Properties

n Flash Filament and Field Emission Studies.—Expanded proil- grams in flash filament and field emission have led to elucidation

it of several aspects of chemisorption, and the program in surface

ionization has led to the detection and measurement of negative

^ tungsten ion emission from heated tungsten filaments. This will

49
lead to accurate values for the electron affinity of tungsten and

other metals.

Air Polhition Studies.—Low temperature surface reactions,

using techniques developed at NBS, have proved valuable for

investigation into problems related to air pollution.

Quantum Mechanical Theory of Reaction Kinetics.—The theory

of how a simple molecule decomposes after it has been activated

by collision has been extended with the adoption of quantummechanical theory of resonance scattering to the problem. The

decomposition of an excited or activated molecule is, quantummechanically, one of treating overlapping resonance states, these

states being located in the dissociation continuum. Expressions

for the high pressure rate constant have been developed. It has

also been shown that non-exponential decay, i.e., non first-order

behavior, is to be expected. This work represents one of the few

attempts to establish a quantum-mechanical basis for molecular

decomposition processes.

Pyrolysis of Hydrocarbons.—Two studies of pyrolysis of hydrocarbons have been completed. The molecules studied, 2,3-dimethylbutane, 2,2,3-trimethylbutane, 2,2-dimethylpropane, and

2,2,3,3, tetramethylbutane may be considered to be methylsubstituted ethanes. The predominant mode of decomposition at 1000 °K starts with a carbon-carbon bond cleavage in all three

cases. The rates of this cleavage have been measured. The activation energies are consistent with other estimates of the C-C

bond strength. The statistical factors (preexponential factors)

for all substituted ethanes are virtually the same. This has re- solved ambiguities in previously reported work and has led to new estimates of combination rates of alkyl free radicals and of

the enthalpies and entropies of formation for these radicals.

High Energy Radiation and Photo-Ionization.—Studies of the

kinetics of ion molecule reactions in methane, propane, propylene,

and several cycloalkanes were made using the gamma radiation

from a ^Co source. In addition, a well characterized ion-molecule reaction, that between a hydrogen bearing ion and an olefin

(propylene, for example) has been established. This involves

transfer of H2 to the olefin to produce the alkane. Since other

processes occur at the same time, isotope tracers are used to establish the ion-molecule reaction. The use of this technique shows

great promise in enhancing understanding of the interaction of

high energy radiation with organic liquids and solids.

Production of CH by Flash Photolysis.—The species CH was

produced by the vacuum ultraviolet flash photolysis of methane

and identified by kinetic spectroscopy. The rate constants for

50
three reactions of CH have been measured; they constitute the

first direct measurement of CH rate constants. Photolysis of Hydrocarbons.—The photolysis of propane was

studied from 25 to 320 °C. The chain length was measured and

found to be 0.07, 0.54, 2.2 and 7.9 at 25°, 150°, 248° and 320°,

respectively. The photolysis of ketene at 1470 A was found to produce molecular hydrogen and C2O which may be sufficiently

excited to decompose further into carbon atoms and CO. Methylene, generated by ketene photolysis at 3130 A, was found to abstract hydrogen from isobutane at about 300 °C. This is unequivocal proof of a direct abstraction mechanism by CH2. The Kinetics of Desorption.—The kinetics of desorption of the

/?-nitrogen states chemisorbed on tungsten have been evaluated.

Using an isotope mixing technique, the production of N14 N15 from

a mixture of N14 N14 and N15 N15 is completely accounted for by desorption from the chemisorbed layer. There are two strongly

chemisorbed states designated /?i and /?2 , which desorb by first and

complex order respectively. The sticking coefficient of N2 on

tungsten above 1500 °K is about 0.014 and not sensitive to pres- sure or temperature to 1700 °K.

Chemisorption of Nitric Oxide on Tungsten.—The chemisorption of nitric oxide on polycrystalline tungsten was investigated

by flash desorption mass spectroscopy and field emission. Dissociation occurs at elevated temperatures with an activation energy

of 47 kcal. The change of average work function for monolayer

NO coverage on tungsten is A* = 1.85 eV corresponding to an

average surface dipole moment of 0.35 debye per NO molecule at

full coverage.

Chemisorption of Nitrogen on Rhenium.—The chemisorption of

nitrogen on rhenium was followed by pressure changes as nitrogen was adsorbed on a clean polycrystalline rhenium filament.

The sticking coefficients at zero coverage were measured as 0.06

and 0.009 at 200 and 300 °K respectively. Tungsten, in contrast,

exhibits sticking coefficients for nitrogen that are higher by at

least an order of magnitude. Field emission microscope observations of nitrogen on rhenium shows quite clearly that at least

two binding states exist. The first of these is weak, little stronger than van der Waal's. It is desorbed almost completely

by 125 °K. The second state is strongly bound and desorbs only

above 1000 °K. At full coverage it corresponds to less than one

nitrogen molecule per 20 surface rhenium atoms.

Adsorption of Carbon Monoxide on Rhenium.—The adsorption

of carbon monoxide on rhenium was observed with a field emission

microscope. The increase in work function at full coverage is

51
0.9 electron volts. Surface migration from the oc state (the

weakly bound chemisorbed state) does not occur because of the

dominance of prior desorption. Surface migration from the

strongly bound state is characterized by a very diffuse boundary.

Surface Reactions.—Gaseous NiF2 NiF, and F are the major

products formed in the reaction of fluorine with nickel. The

rates are linear with fluorine pressure. The rate limiting step in

the formation of NiF2 has an activation energy of 39 kcal/mole

and is probably due to dissociation of F2 on the nickel surface. In

the investigation of low temperature surface reactions, it was

observed that hydrogen atoms add preferentially to the terminal

carbon of oc olefins at 90 °K. In propylene, for example, the

ratio of terminal to nonterminal addition is about 65 to 1. A very

striking isotope effect was found. For deuterium this ratio is about 155 to 1 and for tritium, 190 to 1. Electron Affinity of Tungsten.—The electron affinity of tungsten was determined by its positive and negative self surface ionization. The positive and negative ions emitted from a heated

tungsten surface were determined mass-spectrometrically. The

ratio of these values, together with the known values of the aver- age work function—4.55 eV—and the ionization potential of 7.98

V, leads to a value of 0.4 eV for the electron affinity of tungsten.

This represents a new and significant method for the measure- ment of the electron affinity of refractory metal atoms.

Adsorption of Chain Polymers.—A random walk model for describing the shape of long chain polymer molecules has been

studied. There is a discontinuous change as a function of the

adsorption energy per monomer unit, in the average molecular

conformation at a critical value of the adsorption energy. In the

case of adsorption at a solution surface, the average fraction of

monomer units adsorbed on the surface, the mean distance of an

end of an adsorbed molecule from the solution surface, and the

mean square end-to-end distance in an adsorbed molecule have

been determined. Analogous quantities have been established in

the case of adsorption of a chain polymer on the surface of a rodlike molecule. Short-range correlation between monomer units j (as caused by fixed bond angles) do not influence qualitative features of adsorption at solution surfaces for the random walk J; model.

Energy Transfer in the Collision of an Atom with a Crystal.—

The quantum mechanical cross section for the inelastic collision of

j an atom with a crystal has been formulated for a one-dimensional

model in which the atom-crystal interaction is of the hard sphere |

52
type and in which the crystal is harmonic. The problem has been

reduced to determining the value of determinants of large order.

APPLIED MATHEMATICS

The Institute for Basic Standards conducts a program in applied mathematics and statistics to meet varied needs in the

development of new measurement techniques and in the evaluation of the results of measurement. The level of the mathematics

involved makes it essential to conduct fundamental mathematical

research on a fairly broad scale. Consulting Services.—Illustrative of areas in which consulting

services were provided during the year are

a. Matrices and graphs (matrix inversion, solution of large

linear programs, determination of eigenvalues and eigenfunctions,

theoretical problems in algebra)

.

b. Differential and integral equations (ordinary and partial,

single equations and systems).

c. Special functions of mathematical physics (properties and

relationships, numerical calculations).

d. Design of experiments (selection of statistical techniques,

assessment of precision and accuracy, quality control).

e. Statistical analysis (analysis of data, error analysis, statisti- cal computation)

.

f. General mathematical operations research (e.g., simulation,

model-building)

.

g. Optimization methods, both discrete (network analysis, error- correction codes, etc.) and continuous (linear and nonlinear programming) .

Statistical Methods.—Research was conducted in probability

and mathematical statistics supporting the work of Bureau staff. Typical theoretical studies were concerned with problems that

arise in fitting a straight line with repeat measurements and a "between" component of variance, and also with the properties

of the standard deviation, mean deviation, and range for small

samples from some nonnormal distributions. A significant contribution to analytic procedures for isotopic analysis resulted

from work on the statistical evaluation of uncertainties of re- ported determinations by isotopic abundance ratios and atomic

weights of selected elements by mass spectrometric methods.

Experiment designs for calibration work were also developed.

Numerical Solution of One-Dimensional Whisker-Grotvth Equation.—In collaboration with the NBS Institute for Materials Research, work on the numerical solution of the one-dimensional

53
whisker-growth equation was completed. The asymptotic results

obtained analytically have been numerically confirmed. This

work opens the way to determining surface diffusion constants of

crystals.

Mathematical Modelling.—Work continued in modelling aspects

of the textile industry, and on the analysis of mail sorting sys- tems. As investigation was conducted aimed at developing methods to estimate proper protection levels for various elements of a communications system. Significant theoretical results were obtained on combinatorial methods, in linear and nonlinear programming, and in the development of mathematical models and

methods useful in the analysis and synthesis of possible advanced

interurban transport systems.

Handbook of Mathematical Functions.—The fourth printing of

The Handbook of Mathematical Functions occurred during the

year. Corrections were submitted for the fifth printing and

plans begun for a second edition. This unique volume of mathematical tables supplemented by useful explanatory text is a Government Printing Office best seller, over 56,000 copies having

been sold with no indication of termination in demand.

Laboratory Data Reduction.—The increasing use of computers

in scientific and industrial applications presents communication

problems to the scientist not familiar with computer programming. Because of widespread interest, NBS has published a handbook entitled "OMNITAB—A Computer Program for Statistical and Numerical Analysis." This provides a general-purpose

digital computer program which permits users to communicate

with a large computer by means of simple English sentences. Some statistical computations were carried out for Bureau scientists, and preparation of a library of OMNITAB statistical routines was begun.

TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO OTHERS

The Institute is a source of technical assistance and consultation to other Government agencies with problems in specialized areas of physical measurement and applied mathematics. Its sponsorship of the National Conference of Standards Laboratories

permits joint study of management and operation techniques, and

has led to a series of seminars on precision measurement. In co- operation with various technical societies, NBS also conducts con- ferences and symposia important to wide segments of science and

industry.

54
Studies for Other Agencies

Contamination Survey.—A survey of radioactivity in commercial materials like steel, aluminum, and copper was continued on

behalf of the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, as part of an ex- tensive study of the low-level radioactive contamination of materials used in reagent chemicals and in the construction of nuclear

detectors and their shields. Another study for the AEC con- cerned the electrodeposition of curium by "molecular plating" and

from aqueous solutions.

International Comparisons.—For an international comparison

of soft x-ray standards, NBS assisted in the preliminary measure- ments needed and provided the filters required to adjust thfe quality of the participants' x-ray beams. The Bureau also took part

in an international comparison on the determination of the content of 90 Sr in rice flour. Helicopter Blade Lighting.—The helicopter blade-tip lighting

system developed for the Navy has been incorporated in helicopters being produced by three American manufacturers.

Propeller Lighting System.—A system for illuminating propeller blades has been developed for the Navy, and should substantially reduce the accidents that occur when crewmen service

planes at night. To make the blades visible, a strip of phosphorimpregnated epoxy coating is applied to the front and back sur- faces near the tip of each blade. Illumination of the blades with

ultraviolet lights mounted on the fuselage creates a warning circle

of light when the blade is turning. Plans are under way to fit this system to existing aircraft, and to those being currently

produced.

Infrared Reflectance of Frost.—The feasibility of measuring

the infrared reflectance of frosts formed from water vapor, car- bon dioxide, nitrogen tetroxide, and ammonia has been demonstrated. A newly developed spectrophotometer, with special provisions for forming the frost and preventing its contamination

and melting, was used for making reflectance measurements over

the range 2 to 22 ^m. These studies will be of great value in

interpreting the data collected by probes mounted on balloons or space vehicles.

Telescope Quality.—The NBS interferometry group has developed a method for measuring the deformation a wave of light

suffers on passing through a telescope. By replacing the tele- scope's eyepiece with a small glass prism-type shearing interferometer having a camera attachment, a photographic record is obtained. The interferometer can be used with the telescope position as it would be for any desired normal use. Using two

55
mutually perpendicular photographs, information on the shape

of the wavefront at many positions in the field of the telescope can be obtained. The technique was tried out on the Kitt Peak

84-inch reflecting telescope, the world's fifth largest. The shape

of the wavefront produced by this telescope was determined at more than 500 points spaced 2.8 inches apart.

Radiation Effects on Glasses.—A study is under way to determine whether the radiations encountered in outer space can affect

the lenses of optical instruments carried on spacecraft. Changes

of refractive index, following exposure to either gamma rays or

electrons, appear large enough to affect the performance of

optical systems. Continuation of this work may lead to establishment of the maximum radiation doses various glasses can tolerate

without significant change, and development of glasses resistant

to the dosages encountered in space.

Holograms for Information Storage.—A study has been initiated to explore the basic principles of holography and its use

in information storage and retrieval. A hologram is a photographic record of the interference pattern formed when an

essentially undisturbed part of a laser beam is recombined with

a second part that has been transmitted by or reflected from an

object. Illumination of any portion of the hologram by coherent

light from a laser creates an image of the entire recorded object.

Thus, if the information on a printed page were recorded on a

piece of film, and then part of the film was accidentally destroyed,

it would still be possible to recover all of the recorded information.

Conferences and Seminars

Standards Laboratories.—A four-day meeting of the National

Conference of Standards Laboratories was held at the new NBS

Gaithersburg facilities. It featured a discussion of the national

measurement system by the Director of IBS; reports of committees on national calibration needs, on performance requirements,

and on a round-robin measurement comparison; a survey of

measurement standards in ten foreign countries ; and the premier

showing of the Navy film "Why Calibrate?".

Electromagnetic Measurements and Standards.—NBS Radio

Standards Laboratory offered a two-week course to scientists and

engineers whose responsibilities included precision measurements,

quality control, standards, etc. The course included both theoretical and practical instruction and was attended by more than

150 people.

Millimeter Waves. The NBS Radio Standards Laboratory, the

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, the International Scientific Radio Union, and the University of Colorado

56
brought together engineers and physicists in a conference on

Millimeter Waves and the Far Infrared. Quantum electronic

and optical approaches were emphasized, including far infrared

spectroscopy and atmospheric propagation.

Precision Electromagnetic Measurements.—A fifth conference

in the biennial series on Precision Electromagnetic Measurements,

which attracted 450 attendees, was sponsored by the NBS Insti- tute for Basic Standards, the Institute of Electrical and Electronic

Engineers, and the U. S. Commission of the International Scientific Radio Union. Its scope included new work on lasers, microwaves, and low frequencies. Some of the 45 foreign visitors

discussed their own national measurement systems.

Ionization Potential in a Plasma.—Thirty-four plasma physicists and spectroscopists from the United States and Europe

attended a special two-day workshop conference at the Joint

Institute for Laboratory Astrophysics (JILA) on "The Lowering

of the Ionization Potential and Related Problems of the Equilibrium Plasma." The workshop reviewed the status of some

extremely controversial problems currently of great importance

in the physics of very hot gases.

Bell Sphere Re-entry.—A meeting was held to discuss a new

series of re-entry experiments conducted by Bell Laboratories.

The purpose of these experiments was to provide the fundamental

physical measurements upon which the study of vehicle re-entry can be based. Several central scientific issues have prevented

interpretation of the electromagnetic backscatter from the wake

of a body traveling at hypersonic speeds. The nature of these

problems and their severity, both from the standpoint of observation and the physical processes, was considered in elaborate

detail.

International Astronomical Union Workshop.—During the year

the Joint Institute for Laboratory Astrophysics (JILA) was

chosen as the site of a week-long work session of an Inter- national Astronomical Union subcommittee charged with assess- ing the requirements of astrophysicists for atomic collision cross

section measurements. The panel of worldwide experts, in consultation with JILA staff members, prepared a set of major

recommendations for presentation to the Union.

Precision and Accuracy in Measurement and Calibration.—

Metrologists from industrial and governmental laboratories met

in two seminars which dealt with the concepts of a national

measurement system and the need for viewing measurement as a production process. Emphasized were the use of designed

experiments in the evaluation of systematic error, the analysis

57
of propagation of error in a chain of laboratories, and the role

of computers in the work of calibration laboratories.

Length.—Two five-day seminars discussed the philosophy of

measurement, fundamental interferometry, electromechanical

transducer evaluation and calibration, deformation theory, spectral light sources, and lasers. Laboratory work dealt with methodology in the measurement of gage blocks, polygons, surface

plates, angle blocks, optical flats, surface finish, spherical and

cylindrical diameters, and deformation.

High Frequency and Microwave Noise.—This 4-day seminar

dealt with generation and measurement of noise, using both

state-of-the-art and classical methods, ranging from high temperatures to cryogenic levels. It included laboratory demonstrations of plasmas as noise sources.

58
THE NATIONAL STANDARD

REFERENCE DATA SYSTEM

The National Standard Reference Data System began in 1963

when the Federal Council for Science and Technology requested

NBS to assume responsibility for all Government-wide standard

reference data compilation activities. This request took the form

of a directive establishing NSRDS as a Federal policy. Under

this directive NBS was requested to (1) coordinate existing data

compilation and evaluation activities throughout all Government

agencies; (2) establish standards of quality for the products to be designated as Standard Reference Data; (3) establish standards of methodology including machine processing; (4) establish

other functions as required to ensure compatibility; and (5)

operate a National Standard Reference Data Center.

NSRDS is concerned, under these instructions, with the production and dissemination of compilations of critically evaluated

data. A primary emphasis of the system is to maximize the

utilization of numerical information already reported in the scientific literature, as opposed to new measurements. The program

includes collection and evaluation of data from the literature,

preparation of critical reviews dealing with the state of quantitative knowledge in a particular technical field, and computation

of useful functions derived from Standard Reference Data or used in the interpretation of quantitative experiments.

In order to implement its responsibilities for the National

Standard Reference Data program, NBS has established an

Office of Standard Reference Data. The Institutes for Basic

Standards and Materials Research both make substantial contributions to this program. While data are developed along

lines of scientific competency rather than management category.

IBS generally develops data dealing with particles of atomic

and molecular size while IMR developes data on the bulk properties of materials.

For management purposes the technical area of concern has

been divided into seven broad categories : (1) nuclear, (2) atomic

and molecular, (3) solid state, (4) thermodynamic and transport,

59
(5) chemical kinetics, (6) colloid and surface, and (7) mechanical. In each of these areas, efforts are being made to develop a comprehensive, coordinated program of data compilation projects.

Existing programs under non-NBS sponsorship are taken into

account and priorities are determined by consulation with groups

of specialists from the academic world, from Government, and

from industry.

During 1966 general activities continued to follow the plan

described in NBS publication NSRDS-NBS #1, "National Standard Reference Data System Plan of Operation" (obtainable from

the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing

Office, Washington, D. C. 20402. Price 15 cents) . Effective working relationships with program offices in other Government agencies were continued and expanded. These relationships cover a wide range of formal and informal functions, including participation in advisory conferences, establishment and monitoring of

specialized compilation projects to fill a mission-oriented need,

creation of jointly sponsored compilation projects and data

centers on topics of mutual interest, and development of communication networks among related data centers and data projects.

Communication and collaboration with privately sponsored and

individual data compilation projects advanced during the year.

Sources of information on such projects include the response to a questionnaire sent to the entire membership (100,000) of the

American Chemical Society, and informal discussions with aca- demic and industry scientists.

Significant progress in NSRDS has been made with the appearance of a substantial volume of compilations of numerical

data and related material. These reports, technical notes and

other publications have established the usefulness of the program

among those in the scientific community who have seen and used

its output.

The status of developments in primary areas of activity is described below.

Nuclear Data

Two meetings of the Advisory Panel on Nuclear Data were

held, one in October 1965 at the National Bureau of Standards in

Washington and a second in January 1966, in New York. The

following recommendations were made:

1. Existing gaps in the scope of coverage of nuclear data should

be filled by soliciting the aid of interesting individuals. Additional compilations of data are needed for the following

:

(a) Primary cosmic data.

(b) Nuclear data in the medium energy region (20 MeV tcf 1 BeV).

60
(c) Nuclear data in the resonance region and nuclear level densities.

(d) The few-nucleon area.

(e) Polarization phenomena.

(f ) Elementary particle data at energies above 1 BeV.

(g) Certain types of reactor measurements (e.g., resonance

integrals, neutron ages, etc.).

(h) Positive bombardment results.

2. Emphasis on the use of automatic computers in the compilation field should continue. Not all compilers make adequate

use of computers and those that do use different formats, both

input and output. In some instances work is duplicated vrather

than shared.

3. Expansion of existing compilation groups and establishment

of new ones should continue to receive priority.

4. The period of time between the scanning of scientific literature and the publication of an evaluated compilation is too long.

Therefore an intermediate step, such as the publication of an

annotated bibliography should be considered by all data centers. Appropriate user feedback to the compilation center with regard

to the usefulness of such an index is necessary.

5. The use of an author-oriented index system such as one

based on key words should be seriously considered.

6. A practical, economic mechanism for obtaining some kind

of physical information (individual data points, calibration data,

etc.) without the need for resorting to historical publishing processes (handbooks, data sheets, etc.) must be made available in

the future.

Atomic and Molecular Data

Under this category, the Office of Standard Reference Data

participated in the initiation or expansion of projects in the

following areas

:

1. Atomic energy levels.

2. Atomic transition probabilities.

3. Microwave spectral tables.

4. Cross sections for electron ionization processes.

5. Atomic and molecular collision process data.

6. Mass spectrometric bibliographic information and data.

7. Infrared spectra.

8. Molecular fundamental vibration frequencies.

9. Ionization and appearance potentials.

Cooperative arrangements for joint support of projects of com- mon interest have been made with the U. S. Atomic Energy

61
Commission, Department of Defense, Advanced Research Projects

Agency, and the American Society for Testing and Materials.

In view of the existing complex network of suppliers and users

of molecular spectroscopic data, it has been recognized that

NSRDS programs should provide for explicit, well-defined state- ments of criteria to be applied in compiling and evaluating such

data. One set of criteria, covering infrared spectra, has been

prepared for the Office of Standard Reference Data by the

Coblentz Society Board of Managers, and has been well received

by spectroscopists. This approach will be extended in other

areas. Solid State Data

Although no major progress has been possible in expanding

compilation activities in the area of solid state data, two programs have been initiated which combine thermodynamics and

solid state properties. One is on the compilation of high pres- sure data and the other is the establishment of a Metals Data

Center at NBS. The latter project will compile soft x-ray and

nuclear magnetic resonance data, coordinate all metals data

compilations currently in effect and, where possible, check it for

interval consistency to produce Standard Reference Data on

metals and metal systems. It is not the intention of the NBS

group to reevaluate the data from existing data centers, but to

collate and indicate voids and incompatibility in the data.

Reference Work Prepared by Computer.—NBS is preparing a major scientific reference work using significant new computer

techniques. This work, a third edition of Donnays Crystal Data,

will be produced by tape-controlled photocomposition, and the

editing of the tape will be done by computer. The text and data

are being keyboarded into punched paper tape, partly from the

previous edition, partly from new information. The keyboard

also produces a typewritten copy, far less elaborate than the

final printed copy; it is proofread and corrections are keyboarded into separate pieces of paper tape.

All data from paper tapes are automatically transcribed on magnetic tape. The magnetic tapes are fed into a general-purpose computer, which first inserts the corrections and then performs a variety of editing tasks. The computer then prepares

two alphabetical indexes, one by chemical formula, one by chemical compound name.

Finally, the computer deletes certain keypunched signals which

are not wanted in print, and breaks the copy into lines of proper

length, inserting spaces between paragraphs, breaking into pages,

inserting page headings and page numbers. The output of the

computer appears on magnetic tape, which is automatically tran62
scribed to paper tape. The latter drives a photocomposition unit

operated by the Government Printing Office. Thermodynamic and Transport Data

Within this subject category, the Office of Standard Reference

Data has now participated in the initiation or expansion of

projects in the following areas:

1. Thermodynamic properties of inorganic compounds.

2. Thermodynamic and other physical properties of cryogenic

fluids.

3. Thermodynamic properties of aqueous solutions.

4. Thermodynamic properties of monohydric alcohols.

5. PVT properties of selected important gases.

6. Phase relationships in metal-metal oxide systems.

7. Thermodynamic properties of metallic elements and binary

systems.

8. Thermodynamic properties of fused salt systems.

9. Diffusion coefficients in metallic systems.

10. Diffusion in oxides, carbides, and nitrides.

11. Diffusion in selected gaseous systems.

12. Diffusion in semiconductors.

13. Thermal conductivity of standard materials.

The thermodynamics field is among the most active in data

centers and data compilation activity. Some of the data centers

produce "products" used by other data centers as input data

within computations or as a means for checking consistency of

their data. In some situations, data centers duplicate the search —usually with a different focus of attention—of much of the same literature that other centers search in tracking relevant

data. For purposes of economy and efficiency the Office of Standard Reference Data has made considerable progress in establishing arrangements between certain data centers to share common

tasks, and to coordinate and complement each others' activities.

Chemical Kinetics Data

A report of the status of the chemical kinetics program was

presented on March 30, 1966 to the NAS-NRC Committee on the

Kinetics of Chemical Reactions, which is serving as the Advisory

Committee to the Office of Standard Reference Data on this program. A series of review monographs on selected topics in

chemical kinetics have been initiated, and the manuscripts of two

of these have already been sent to the Office of Standard Reference Data. A data center for radiation chemistry has been set up and is in the early stages of operation. A general Chemical

Kinetics Information Center is also functioning at NBS, and

already provides an index to over 11,000 selected papers.

63
Colloid and Surface f)ata

The Office of Standard Reference Data has joined with the

NAS-NRC Committee on Colloid and Surface Chemistry to promote data compilation projects. Under this program data centers have been established on (1) light scattering, (2) critical

micelle concentrations in association colloids, and (3) electrical

properties of interfaces.

New Critical Evaluations.—A critical evaluation of the lightscattering properties of pure liquids is in the final stages of

preparation. A major portion of the critical evaluation of data on critical micelle concentrations of colloid materials has been

completed. The numerical information has been evaluated and

put on machine cards to permit print-out of the data. New data

are being reviewed and added to the file on a current basis. A

critical analysis of techniques in this field is also being prepared.

Bibliography on Electrical Properties of Interfaces.—An extensive bibliography has been prepared on the electrical properties

of interfaces, and the collected references are now being analyzed

preparatory to the compilation of data.

Surface Tension of Molten Salts.—A collection of data on the

surface tensions of molten salts has been completed, and evaluation of the data is now in progress.

Information Services

The development of the Information Services Operation of the

Office of Standard Reference Data has proceeded with lesser

emphasis than the production of new and expanded data compilations. However, substantial in-house progress was made in

1966. Specifically, the following activities were pursued:

1. Preparation of a bibliography of data compilations.

2. Construction and operation of a modified tape-typewriter to permit full use (selection, automatic encoding, storage and reproduction) of a bank of ninety selected auxiliary type faces. This

typewriter will be used by several compilation projects at NBS

for evaluation prior to wider use.

3. Continued analysis and follow-up of 16,000 answers to a

questionnaire on needs for compilations of critically evaluated

data.

4. A survey of approximately forty information centers within

and outside the Federal Government.

5. The establishment of an NSRDS Newsletter, appearing

monthly as a special section of the NBS Technical News Bulletin,

and mailed as a separate reprint to over 2,500 interested individuals. The Newsletter first appeared in June 1966. Regular

64
This modified tape-typewriter permits full use (selection, automatic encoding,

storage, and reproduction) of a bank of 90 auxiliary type faces. The

"taxywriter," as it has been named, is being used in several data compilations at NBS, and its operation is being evaluated for wider use. Inset: Close-up of type face element being inserted in unit.

features include an updated list of publications from NSRDS,

descriptions of specialized data centers and data compilation

projects, information-handling projects and NSRDS news items.

6. The initial meeting of an Advisory Panel to the NSRDS

Information Services Office.

65

INSTITUTE FOR

MATERIALS RESEARCH

The Institute for Materials Research (IMR) has prime responsibility within the National Bureau of Standards for maintaining

standards for materials measurements, materials measurement

methodology, and numerical data which describe materials at the

forefront of science and technology. The staff is predominantly

scientific, and particular emphasis is placed on competence. The

overall program is interdisciplinary in nature and requires expertise in nearly all of the physical sciences. Research is directed

with emphasis and orientation dictated by current and anticipated

national needs.

Programs are science based and support major NBS objectives,

such as the establishment of standards of measurement, promotion of a uniform system of measurement, provision of critically

evaluated numerical data, and provision of a scientific basis

for establishing performance criteria. Because of the critical

need for materials technology and standards for engineering and

trade, IMR is in direct support of the Department of Commerce

mission to assist and stimulate industry and commerce. In spite

of mission orientation, the advanced state and interdisciplinary

nature of modern materials science and technology requires IMR

scientists to be active in and contribute to the development of

nearly all of the physical sciences.

The primary objectives of IMR are to

:

—Prepare and characterize materials needed for meaningful

reproducible measurement of physical and chemical properties needed for engineering and science. —Generate numerical data on well characterized materials

which describe the physical and chemical properties of materials and the interaction of materials with their environments. —Advance materials measurement methodology and theory. —Disseminate reference materials which permit on-site calibration of measuring instruments, methods, and systems. —Provide advisory, consulting, and research services to other

67
Government agencies for decision making, program evaluation, and problem solving. —Analyze major national goals to determine extent of materials problems and identify potential solutions.

Specific accomplishments in the Institute's major program cate- gories appear below.

RESEARCH MATERIALS

The research materials program involves the preparation and

characterization of materials samples specifically for research.

Advances in research materials are the forerunner of maj*or ad- vances in industry and science. This particular program is the

essential basis for meaningful materials measurements, the development of measurement methodology, the generation of reliable

data on the physical properties of materials, and the establishment of performance criteria which depend on materials. In

addition to research samples, this program produces materials

processing technology, instrumentation, and is the scientific and

technological basis for standard reference materials. Samples

are developed at NBS only when they are not readily available

with sufficient purity or other required characteristics. Research

materials are provided external to NBS when surplus samples

are on hand or when the samples are urgently needed for significant anticipated advances in science or technology.

Crystal Growth and Characterization.—The National Bureau of

Standards, aided substantially by a Crystal Growth and Characterization Program supported by Advanced Research Projects

Agency (ARPA), became recognized as an outstanding international center for research on crystallization phenomena and

crystal perfection. The theoretical and experimental studies of

growth mechanisms and growth from solution of very high perfection, dislocation free crystals of ammonium dihydrogen phosphate were particularly effective.

Electronic Methods for Trace Characterization.—Several techniques and the associated apparatus based on residual resistance

ratio and thermoelectric power were developed for characterizing

research and standard reference materials. Residual ratio of the

electrical resistance of a conductor at liquid helium temperatures

(4 °K) to that at room temperature (300 °K), and at low temperature thermoelectric power are reliable and sensitive indicators of the effective electronic purities of pure metals and dilute

alloys. An eddy-current system for measuring the residual re- sistance ratio has proven especially valuable for studies on pure

copper, aluminum, gold, platinum, and zinc.
Superconducting Ceramics.—Discovery of superconductivity in an oxide semiconductor single crystal—strontium titanate—was

reported by NBS scientists. Continuing research has shown this

phenomena to occur also in polycrystalline specimens containing

barium or calcium. Data compiled at the Bureau on the superconductive properties of these ceramic materials will substantially

advance understanding of the phenomena.

"Three-Labeled" Glucose Synthesized.—Through the development of a 15-step process for synthesis of "3-labeled" glu- cose

14C, intricate tracing experiments in the human brain have

been made possible whereby normal and psychotic individuals can be differentiated. Methods were developed for synthesizing

several radioactive heptoses (7-carbon sugars) containing car- bon-14. Heretofore, no carbon-14-labeled heptoses were available

for study. The new compounds will permit research workers in

enzymology, biology, and biochemistry to study many complex

processes by sensitive radiochemical methods.

STANDARD REFERENCE MATERIALS

Standard Reference Materials are samples disseminated by

NBS to be used in the calibration and evaluation of measuring

instruments, methods, and systems. A major advantage is that

a purchaser may calibrate his measurement system on-site at his

convenience. Standards Reference Materials (1) provide quality control in industry, (2) facilitate the exchange of goods in

commerce, and (3) define performance characteristics. Selection

of samples to be provided by NBS is based on an evaluation of

the requirements of science and industry. At present, about 600

different items are available.

In order to provide for the expanding needs of science and

industry, 91 new items were added during the year; total sales

amounted to about 70,000 standard samples sent to more than

2,000 companies.

Standard for Mossbauer Spectroscopy.—NBS accelerated development of Mossbauer spectroscopy by the development and dissemination of the first Mossbauer Standard Reference Material.

This sample establishes a "bench mark" from which the chemical

shift of all iron compounds will be measured. Chemists can now

interpret the effect of changes in chemical structure in a more

meaningful manner than before. In order to establish this refer- ence standard with a minimum of systematic and random errors, a Mossbauer spectrometer that uses the fundamental NBS standards of time and length was designed. By use of an optical

interferometric technique, a spectrometer with errors of measure69
ment small enough to allow the detection of a chemical shift as low as 0.0008 cm/s was constructed. This is a factor of ten

smaller than that exhibited by the majority of spectrometers.

NBS Standard for Mossbauer spectroscopy is shown in its protective envelope

next to a large single crystal of the miaterial from which the standards are cut.

Isotopic Reference Standards.—Natural-ratio isotopic standards, calibrated on an absolute basis as a by-product of work on

atomic weights, were issued for chlorine, bromine, copper, silver,

and chromium. They are useful for defining mass-discrimination

and other situations encountered in the operation of mass spectrometers. The isotopic standards for uranium containing more

than 10 percent uranium-235, and the plutonium isotopic standard were improved during the year to provide a significant increase

in accuracy.

New Steel Standards Issued.—Three new steel standards were

certified to fill needs created by the development of new instruments and alloys. The first, a steel certified for the amount of

carbon only, supplies the heavy demand for a reference to cali- brate a new instrument for rapid determination of carbon in

metals, yet conserves other more expensive, multielement, certified

standards. The second is for calibration of instruments for

70
analysis of the relatively new type of age hardening (maraging)

steel being developed for defense, aircraft and space uses. The

third provides a reference material for analysis of the increasingly

important alloys to which selenium has been added to improve

the ease of machining.

New Glass Reference Materials.—Three commercial type glasses

have been issued as NBS standard reference materials. These

glasses have been certified for softening, annealing and strain

points according to American Society for Testing and Materials

specifications and test methods. Together with the two NBS

viscosity standard glasses, they cover a wide range of glass compositions. They are used in the glass industry for quality and

manufacturing cost control.

Microscopy Resolution Test Charts.—Explosive growth of liter- ature of all types is a major problem to libraries. Universities,

Government and industry are turning to microfilming, which has

a market of approximately $300 million a year. The inherent

capability of an instrument to provide microfilmed reproduction

is needed to ensure the accuracy of retrieved data. Microscopy

resolution test charts were developed at NBS for use in evaluating

microfilm reproduction systems.

Calibration of Netv Reference Material.—Poly (methyl methacrylate) plates containing the dye solvent yellow 33, C. I. 4700,

have been calibrated with respect to the fading of the dye by

exposure to radiation in carbon-arc Fade-Ometers. Precise

values of the transmittance of the plates at two wavelengths was

determined as a function of radiation amount, and a set of

calibration curves are in the process of being issued. These

plates will be two new NBS Standard Reference Materials and

are to be used in the control and comparison of Fade-Ometers

and Weather-Ometers.

Thermal Emittance.—One of the prime factors that governs

the heat balance and hence temperature of a body is the thermal

emittance, or emissivity, of the material. This is of particular

importance to the passive temperature control of electronically

dense satellites of all kinds, where excessive heat or cold reduces

the lifetime of the system. NBS has developed three thermal

emittance standards covering the range 800 to 1600 °K. These

standards are used for the on-site calibration of spectrometers

which are in turn used to measure the emissivity of unknown or new materials. Such a scheme establishes performance criteria

and encourages the proper selection of materials and design.

71
MATERIALS PROPERTY DATA

AND MEASUREMENT METHODOLOGY

Current emphasis is on the generation of numerical data which

describe the physical properties of materials. Carefully prepared

and highly characterized reproducible materials are used as samples. The principal aims are to provide (1) needed reference

data, (2) the relationship between the physical properties and the

characterization parameters and (3) measurement methodology.

Basic measurements are made on both basic and engineering

materials. Also, engineering properties are determined on engineering materials. The data generated become part of the NBS

data bank for which the National Standard Reference Data System serves as the outlet. The data and technology generated is quite universal, being equally applicable in industry and science.

Potential standard reference materials are identified and the

science and technology on which standard reference materials

calibrations are based are generated under the program. This

work is influenced by, and has a major impact on, the national

research and development program; in addition it furnishes the

data required for developing materials performance criteria re- quired in engineering.

High Temperature Materials.—Stability of materials at high

temperatures was investigated to determine decomposition pressures, species, phases, etc. These factors determine the chemical

and dimensional stability and reliability of materials used in

space systems and other high temperature applications.

Titanium Alloy Properties.—Stressed titanium alloys, in contact with salts (chlorides) at moderate to high temperatures, are known to fail by stress corrosion cracking. When used in supersonic aircraft, these alloys are subjected to stress conditions and

failures can occur. Accordingly, NBS is subjecting specimens of

these alloys to such environments to determine the mechanism, or

cause, and thus be able to prevent possible catastrophic failures.

Properties of Oxygen.—NBS scientists accurately measured the

density of liquid and gaseous oxygen at pressures up to 340 atm.

During the measurements, a group of analysts developed an equation of state which permitted the calculation of extensive tables

and charts of entropy, enthalpy and internal energy. Results

could then be used immediately in effecting economy and efficiency

by calculating mass rate of fuel consumption in mass reaction

devices such as rockets.

International High Temperature Standards.—A number of sci- entists in IMR are members of an international task force (including representatives from Great Britain, France, Japan, Nor72
way, USA, and the USSR) organized to study high-temperature

melting points. With scientific investigations and industrial technology now requiring precision measurements at higher temperatures, new reference temperatures must be provided. The melting point of alumina was chosen first to help fill a long-standing

need for high-temperature reference points, in addition to those

specified by the International Practical Temperature Scale of

1948. Measurements will be made by various techniques and

the concerted efforts of the scientists of many countries should

speed the research, improve the results and promote international

acceptance of the standards.

Constant-Current Coulometry.—Constant-current coulometry

has been up-graded by NBS research to the point that it now has

the highest accuracy and precision of any method of chemical

analysis, approaching 1 part in 100,000. Versatility has been

increased through the use of additional oxidation-reduction

systems.

Chromium Atomic Weight Redetermination.—A 6-inch mass

spectrometer was designed and built for studies of the lighter ele- ments. A new atomic weight of chromium was determined to be 51.9961 ±0.0003 versus old mass spectrometry value of 51.996

±0.002. The atomic weight of magnesium is currently being

redetermined.

Chemically Strengthened Glass.—Several mechanical properties

of chemically strengthened glass were determined at elevated temperatures. Potential applications for this new glass are very in- teresting, for not only does it possess superior mechanical strength

but it can be uniquely produced in thin cross sections which are

relatively light in weight. Aircraft windshields, safety lenses,

and underwater apparatus are examples of commodities for which

it can be used. NBS studies provide engineers with the data

needed in developing these applications.

Dental Material Tensile Strength Studied.—NBS applied a method usually used to determine the tensile strength of building

materials, such as concrete, to small cylinders of dental amalgams

and cements. This proved to be a simple and accurate method

for following the increase in strength of dental size specimens

from the time of insertion in the tooth until the material is fully

hardened. The technique will be useful in the evaluation of new

and presently available dental materials.

High Velocity Impact Strains in Fibers.—Performance of poly- mer filaments under stress due to high-velocity impact was studied. Flash photography was used to record the motion caused by

rifle bullet impact. Strain distributions and time to break were

73
Examination of a specimen of chemically strengthened glass that is under- going a rupture test.

obtained. Some textile fibers were able to withstand impact by

stretching significant amounts within times less than 50 millionths of a second. Such information on the behavior of polymeric materials is used in the search for materials having

superior impact performance.

New Technique for Surface Studies.—A new technique called

ELF for studying surface phenomena was developed. It combines the individual techniques of Lllipsometry, Low energy elec- tron diffraction, and Field emission microscopy. These three

techniques, combined in a single instrument, permit the simulta- neous measurement of extremely small amounts of material absorbed on the surface, characterization of the structure of the

surface and the absorbed material, and determination the thermodynamic work function, coverages, and system cleanliness.

Dynamical and Structural Properties of Materials.—Neutron

elastic and inelastic scattering techniques were applied to the

study of a number of inorganic and organic molecular solids.

74
Infrared spectra and diffraction data were obtained in several cases to supplement the neutron results. The molecular systems

and problems investigated include: (a) Rotational motions in

methyl-substituted organics and their correlation with solid phase

transitions and crystal structures, and (b) vibration spectra of

yttrium and uranium hydrides and deuterides. The results were compared in detail with structural and thermodynamic properties,

(c) The molecular motions, barriers to rotation and structure of a number of inorganic salts, including several ferroelectric materials, (d) Slow neutron energy spectra in ammonium acetate,

carbonate, and citrate to obtain information on the ammonium ion

motions in these compounds, (e) Hydrogen bonding in inorganic

crystals.

Liquid Hydrogen Floiv Meters.—Flow meters for liquid hydrogen appear feasible based on observed degree of proton spin re- laxation occurring between two stations spaced a suitable distance

apart along a pipe. In support of such a development, the proton

longitudinal relaxation time, Tu as a function of ortho-para composition and temperature was determined and published. NASA

is sponsoring the commercial development of a working model

flow meter based on these new data and technology. This new

type of nuclear magnetic resonance meter may also be used to monitor the custody transfer (sale) of this important but difficult to measure commodity.

Precision Determination of the Coefficient of Expansion of

Polyethylene.—The bulk coefficient of volume expansion of polyethylene has been measured by dilatometric techniques from 70 to 373 °K. This necessitated the development of a new dilatometric

technique for operation at very low temperatures. The expansion

of the lattice has also been measured by x-ray techniques and

shown to be significantly different from the bulk expansion.

TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO OTHERS

To further utilize the technology and talent developed in IMR,

advisory and consulting services are provided to governmental,

non-profit, and industrial organizations at important stages of

their planning and execution of programs with significant materials aspects. Such services are based on comprehension of the

science which supports technology. Urgently needed testing services are sometimes rendered to other Government agencies not

having suitable facilities of their own. IMR outputs of data on

properties of materials and measurement systems are made available to national and international standardizing bodies, and consultative services are given on utilization of this information.

75
Air Pollution.—NBS found that a variety of products were

formed when aromatic hydrocarbons, adsorbed on particulate

matter, were treated with air and light. Photochemical oxidation

of polycyclic, aromatic hydrocarbons adsorbed on air-borne particles takes place readily in the atmosphere and gives rise to a

variety of compounds, some of which may play an important role

in air pollution. Pyrene (an important air-pollutant) adsorbed on silica gel was found to give many oxidation products. Two of

these, 0.6-pyrenedione and 1.8-pyrenedione, have now been identified. Procedures for the preparation, separation and determination of these and related compounds were developed, and samples

of the pure compounds were supplied as reference materials to other laboratories engaged in studies of air pollution.

NBS Report Serves as a Military Text.—An NBS report describing the results of a metallurgical examination of a fractured

rod end fitting from a helicopter was prescribed for study by all military classes at the Aerospace Safety Division of the University of California.

Investigations of Fire and Explosion at Cambridge Electronic

Accelerator.—The AEC requested the assistance of the Cryogenics

Division of IMR in the investigation and identification of the cause of the explosion and fire which demolished the Experimental Hall of the Cambridge Electronic Accelerator. The liquid

hydrogen technology and safety procedures associated with a

large liquid hydrogen bubble chamber were of particular concern. Design philosophy, operating procedures, and physical damage

were examined in cooperation with other major national laboratories in identifying the most probable sequence of events.

Corrosion Research for the Office of Saline Water.—The Insti- tute for Materials Research was requested by the Office of Saline

Water, Department of the Interior, to establish research in rele- vant aspects of corrosion. Emphasis is on providing a scientific

basis for the most economical selection and utilization of materials

for desalination plants. Research is aimed at understanding,

under practical desalination conditions, how corrosion occurs and

how it may be predicted and controlled. The program is multidisciplinary in nature and will fully utilize the many years of

practical experience gained at NBS through corrosion research.

Automotive Seat Belt Standards.—NBS assisted in promulgating a standard for maintaining the quality of seat belts. The

Institute for Materials Research laboratories provided much of

the data required to evaluate the compliance of newly manufactured belts with requirements.

76
Propellant Performance. —At the request of NASA Lewis Research Center, numerous prelaunch and in-flight problems asso- ciated with the liquid hydrogen fueled Atlas-Centaur rocket were

pursued at NBS. Experiments were conducted to determine the

response time and configuration effects on both liquid level gages

and temperature sensors. The behavior of these instruments

must be known to assure prudent propellant loading and

utilization.

Aircraft Failure Causes.—NBS conducts metallurgical investigations of aircraft components that have failed in service with the

object of determining the cause of the failure and preventing a recurrence. Many different parts were examined, such as pieces

from an aircraft to determine the origin of an in-flight fire, the

failure of a compressor disk from an engine, or the fracture of a

helicopter blade. The analysis considers such causes of failure as improper heat treatment, fabrication faults, misalignment, improper design, assembly errors, and improper selection of materials. The material conditions observed are evaluated and re- medial treatments recommended. Technical sleuthing is usually

involved. For example, the fire and crash accompanying an accident can cause considerable damage to the fractured metal surface. Careful and meticulous cleaning is essential and only the

beginning of the analysis.

Lunar Exploration.—A unique sanitary, single-crystal x-ray

spectrometer has been developed at NBS in association with the

lunar geology effort, NASA Goddard Space Flight Center. The

device, scheduled for completion before the end of the calendar

year 1966, will be used in experimentation leading to the development of equipment for lunar geologic exploration.

77

INSTITUTE FOR

APPLIED TECHNOLOGY

The Institute for Applied Technology (IAT) develops criteria

for the evaluation of the performance of technological products

and services and provides specialized information services to meet

the needs of the Nation's industrial community. Organizational

structure is related to major industrial sectors and to areas of

technological competence.

The Institute also seeks to create opportunities for the application of science and technology to industry and Government.

This role of facilitating the maximum use of science and technology in our economy is part of the broad mission of the Department of Commerce. Thus, Institute personnel continually scan and analyze the state of American technological development to identify proper opportunities for the Institute to direct its re- sources and develop its programs.

There are many opportunities to use the results of research and

development more effectively. The Institute for Applied Technology identifies and undertakes those tasks which are appropriate to the National Bureau of Standards leadership role in the

national measurement system. These fall into the following

broad areas

:

1. Engineering measurements and standards.

2. Dissemination of technical information to industry, Government, and the technical community.

3. Invention and innovation.

4. Systems analysis.

5. Technical assistance to other Government agencies.

6. Exploratory research.

ENGINEERING MEASUREMENTS

AND STANDARDS

This is the Institute for Applied Technology's primary link to the measurement system. The Institute's function here is to provide a sound technical basis, in the form of test methods and per79
formance criteria, for standards, specifications and codes in a variety of fields with special emphasis on building construction,

automatic data processing, and electronic instrumentation.

In addition, the Institute provides links to organizations which

develop and administer standards, codes and specifications. Its role is to identify technical problems which need solving to assure

the availability of a sound technical base for the Nation's standards, codes and specifications.

MEASUREMENTS AND STANDARDS

Electronic Instrumentation

NBS conducts a program to provide technological support to the

electronics industry through improving the yield, performance,

and reliability of discrete and integrated semiconductor devices.

The program currently is concentrating on measurement methods

for materials of present engineering importance (silicon and germanium), including measurements of transport properties (such

as resistivity and lifetime), detection and identification of flaws

in materials, measurement and control of material properties during processing, and correlation of device properties with material

characteristics.

Semiconductor Flaw Study Initiated.—Scientists of the NBS

electron devices laboratory have embarked on an investigation of

defects in semiconductor materials, in order to help industry produce more reliable devices. The materials being studied are sili- con and germanium. They are essential in the fabrication of

transistors and diodes which are now coming to be more widely

used in radios and "hi-fi's," as well as in more specialized elec- tronic assemblies. Reliability of these semiconductor components, and of the more sophisticated integrated circuits using the same materials, is essential to modern scientific instrumentation,

advanced weaponry, and the communications systems for our

national security and space programs.

Silicon Radiation Detector Developed.—A silicon radiation de- tector developed and fabricated by NBS was used in the initial NASA Solar Proton Monitoring Experiment. The objective was

to monitor the frequency of occurrence of solar events and the flux

and energy spectrum of the protons emitted therefrom by using

these detectors in satellites and rockets. The detectors, lithiumcompensated silicon diodes, were fabricated under a program to investigate materials, performance and methods of measurements

of radiation detectors.

Silicon Attenuators for Laser Measurements.—Attenuators

composed of elemental silicon have been used for ruby and gallium
arsenide laser beam measurements. Unlike conventional glass

attenuation niters, the pure silicon disks can be obtained at low

cost and remain unchanged in attenuation factor. The silicon

attenuates the laser beam by means of a reradiation process, re- ducing intensity sufficiently for the output pulse shape to be

measured by calibrated photomultipliers.

Avoiding Transistor' Breakdown.—A study has identified the

conditions under which a transistor failure known as "second

breakdown" occurs. Data from the study will aid electronic designers in producing more reliable equipment by avoiding this

type of failure.

Technique to Predict Transistor Failure.—A three year NBS

study of transistors shows that certain data can be used to predict

failure of these electronic components before they are placed in

service. These findings may pave the way toward a new dimension of reliability in transistorized equipment, from hi-fi amplifiers to space instrumentation. The technique of accelerated

aging was used in which the transistors are tested after periods

of exposure to above-normal temperatures. It was found that

measurements of transistor performance after six weeks of accelerated aging can usually determine which transistors will fail in

the first two years of service.

NBS Device Calibrates Accelerometers.—NBS scientists have

assembled a simplified device for the accurate calibration of

accelerometers. This device uses the earth's gravitational field as a reference, and therefore provides the ultimate in reliability

without requiring the user to depend on NBS calibration services.

The growth of engineering capability during the last decade, particularly in the aerospace field, has greatly increased the requirements on acceleration measuring devices. With the large volume

of such instruments to be calibrated, NBS has placed increased

emphasis on the development of procedures with which instrument users can perform their own calibrations.

New Microwave Discharge Cavities.—Two microwave discharge

cavities that offer many advantages in atomic and molecular re- search were developed. The new cavities offer high efficiency and

added convenience, producing high ionization with minimum heating, contamination, and electrical interference. Discharges in

microwave cavities are useful as a means of exciting atoms for

studying gaseous electronics, producing light, and obtaining free

radicals (intensely chemically reactive molecular fragments) for a wide variety of scientific studies.

Cryogenic Cooler for Semiconductor Devices.—Precisely controlled cryogenic ambients were obtained by use of a special labsi
This INBS device provides highly accurate and reproducible calibrations of

acceleration to 1 g by reference to earth's gravitational field.

oratory cooler developed at NBS. The cooler removes heat developed within semiconductor devices to permit operation at low

temperatures. It is particularly useful in investigations involving light emitters, lasers, and photodetectors because it enables

these devices to be operated at cryogenic temperatures without

being enclosed; otherwise optical windows would be required.

Because the cooler operates by directing a stream of cold gas on

the cooled device, it can supply controlled cooling to a variety of

laboratory setups.

Building Research

The Building Research Division was reorganized in order that

it could more directly assist development of the performance con- cept as a basis for engineering measurement. To further this

aim, the Division is now engaged in four major work programs

:

1. Identification of performance criteria in buildings.

2. Identification or development of test methods.

3. Determination of performance which can be measured and

tested.

4. Pilot studies.

Weather Resistance of Porcelain Enamels.—Seven types of por82
celain enamels were studied for weather resistance. The speci- mens had been exposed for seven years to various weather conditions throughout the U.S. The results show that the major fac- tors affecting color and gloss retention are atmospheric humidity

and acidity and the acid resistance of the porcelain enamel.

Bonding of Tile and Paint to Treated Concrete.—The adhesion

of resilient tile flooring and paints to concrete surfaces treated

with curing or parting agents was explored. In this study, sponsored by the Army, Navy, and Air Force, it was found that as- phalt cutback adhesive (a solvent-type asphalt adhesive) may be

used successfully over most treated concrete surfaces. However,

asphalt emulsion adhesive requires an asphalt primer to insure

adhesion, particularly when used over oily or waxy material.

Paints formulated with butadiene-styrene copolymer or chlorinated rubber in organic solvents appear to have the best adhesion

to treated concrete.

Photographs of experimental specimens that were used in a study of the bonding of tile to treated concrete. The photographs show concrete-speci- men surfaces after removal of the tile.

Xenon and Carbon Arc Weatherometers Compared.—NBS sci- entists recently compared the carbon-arc and the xenon-arc weatherometers as devices for laboratory weathering of coating-grade

83
asphalts. The results of the study show general agreement between the asphalt durabilities obtained with the two sources when

American Society for Testing and Materials test methods were

used. However, considerable variation in durability was detected

by more sensitive analytical methods.

Concrete Failure Due to Corrosion.—A study was undertaken

of some corrosion problems that have developed in recent years

because of the use of dissimilar metals embedded in cementing

materials. It was found that the different metals form a shortcircuited galvanic cell battery. The resulting corrosion leads to failure of steel-reinforced concrete. Examples of failures were

presented. Some of the variables that affect the degree of corrosion were discussed and some general precautionary measures were recommended.

Smoke Danger from Burning Aircraft.—A study was completed

of one phase of a contract from the Federal Aviation Agency on

the smoke generated by burning aircraft materials. Smoke meas- urements and the approximate concentration of some poisonous

byproducts resulting from flaming and smoldering fires were determined for a number of materials usually found aboard airplanes. Charts and tables were produced which aid in estimating

approximate smoke and gas concentrations which would exist if an airplane catches fire. Results of this and similar studies will

enable engineers to choose materials for aircraft that will produce

a minimum of dangerous smoke in a fire. Results will also be

useful in designing systems for removal of any smoke that is generated.

New Method for Measuring Smoke De?isity from Burning Materials.—A laboratory test was developed for the photometric meas- urement of smoke density. The smoke generated from a burning

building represents a major threat to the lives of occupants. In addition to the large concentrations of carbon monoxide and other

toxic materials present in smoke, the obscuration of vision often

hinders rescue operations and prevents escape by occupants. The

method used in the NBS investigation assumes the applicability of

Bouguer's law to the attenuation of visible light by smoke. Smoke

quantity is therefore reported in terms of optical density rather

than light.

Scaling Factors for Fires.—Large-scale fire research experiments are expensive and difficult to analyze because of the interactions of mechanical, chemical, thermal, and diffusional processes.

Although these interactions also complicate analysis of fires in

small-scale models, the use of such models under controlled conditions can provide useful information at much less cost. To facili84
tate their application, NBS initiated a study to develop basic

information on the use of small-scale models in fire research. In

this study, three different sizes of model enclosures were investigated. Scaling relationships were found between the sizes which

may be useful in relating the models to full-scale structures. The

scaling relationships were obtained by "normalizing" the burning

rate and ventilation parameter.

Colorimetric Determination of Gaseous Combustion Products.—

The development of fire extinguishing agents has always been

done empirically, because no entirely satisfactory theory exists to explain some chemical reactions in flames. Even less is known

about the changes in such reactions produced by chemical extinguishing agents. A study is now under way to gain a better

understanding of these changes. In this study a colorimetric procedure was developed for the separate determination of HBr and

Br2 which occur as gas-phase constituents of combustion inhibited

flames.

Thermal Conductivity of Beryllium.—A special antenna for a space vehicle was made of 2-inch wide heat-treated berylliumcopper strip 0.002-inch thick. The device is made in coiled form

and released in space to form a very long straight tube. Accurate thermal conductivity data for the strip were needed to calculate temperature effects on the shape of the extended antenna.

The measurements had to be made on samples of the strip because

of its special heat-treatment. Bar specimens were made of two

different alloys by stacking side by side many layers of strip held

together tightly by transverse bolts. The measurements were

successfully made over the temperature range —150 to 200 °C,

v with estimated uncertainties of 3 percent for one alloy and 5 pers- cent for the second.

Thermal Conductivity of Platinum Reference Material.—Recent

'n completion of a laboratory investigation of the thermal conductivlCl ity and electrical resistivity of 99.987 percent pure platinum from

en 373 to 1373 °K marked a milestone in efforts to supply industrial

Hip and other laboratories with standard reference materials for cali- brating their apparatus. Electrical and nonelectrical methods

«l/p Ub were employed in the investigation to determine the thermal conductivity of the same specimen in the same apparatus, allowing

direct comparisons of the two different methods of measurement.

0, The two methods agreed within acceptable limits of experimental

ltet

. error and the data obtained were considered accurate to better

; 5e5, than 1 percent. It was concluded that platinum can be estab-

)? i B lished as a standard reference material for thermal conductivity

0„j from 0 to 1000 °C.

acili

85
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

Recently, emphasis has been placed on the use of performance

criteria, as contrasted with measurements based on narrowly

drawn engineering specifications. Both within the Federal Government and in private industry the performance concept is being

recognized as a more flexible method of setting engineering standards. In addition, this concept provides for maximum expression

of creativity and innovation among builders and manufacturers,

because attention is focused on the function of a particular sys- tem, rather than on the system itself. Pressure Transducer Response Affected by Thermal Gradients. —A recent study disclosed that the performance specifications of

many flush-diaphragm pressure transducers do not describe their

actual performance when they are subjected to thermal gradients.

The degradation of performance is temporary ; the response typically returns within its specified limits when thermal equilibrium

is regained. This aberration is detected by a procedure developed

for testing transducer performance under controlled conditions of

thermal shock.

Properties of Semiconductor Materials.—The NBS Electron

Devices Section is engaged in studies of the correlations between

the properties of semiconductor materials and the performance of

semiconductor devices fabricated from such materials. Presently,

the effects of carrier life-times and mobility and impurities, such

as oxygen, copper, and gold in germanium, on the performance

and stability of gamma ray detectors are being investigated. The

use of germanium gamma ray detectors for such applications as activation analysis, photonuclear reaction studies, decay scheme

investigations and Mossbauer spectroscopy is expected to increase

in the near future.

Fire and Smoke Resistance of Doors Evaluated.—A study was

undertaken to determine the effectiveness of door modifications in

increasing their fire-resistance value. The study revealed that

doors may be modified to increase their fire resistance, but the

modifications do not make them comparable to rated fire doors.

None of the doors that were investigated proved to be effective

barriers to the passage of smoke. The study also considered the

feasibility of controlling the smoke flow past the doors by modifying the edges and changing the neutral pressure zone of adjoining rooms. Dynamic Thermal Performance of Exterior Walls.—As part of a large-scale program to determine characteristics and criteria of

exterior wall systems, undertaken for the Federal Housing Administration, an investigation was made of the thermal perform86
ance of walls of composite construction when they are exposed to periodically varying outdoor conditions of solar radiation and air

temperature change. A test method was devised, and a mathematical analysis was made of its use in determining two effective

thermal parameters for composite wall construction.

Data on Coincident Extremes of Weather for Evaluating Protective Fallout Shelters.—Coincident diurnal values of dry-bulb

temperature, dewpoint temperature and solar radiation during hot

and humid days have been statistically processed for the dynamic

analysis of the fallout shelter thermal environment. This technique of incorporating the outdoor weather data with the thermal

environment in the shelter is considered to be a refinement over

the existing methodology, which is based upon design dry- and

wet-bulb temperatures listed in the Guide and Data Book of the

American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning

Engineers.

Testing and Rating the Cooling Load of Refrigerated Truck

Bodies.—A method for testing and rating the heat, moisture, and

air transmission characteristics of refrigerated delivery truck

bodies was developed. The method is particularly useful for vehicles used in "stop and go" delivery of perishable, chilled or frozen

food. The program was jointly sponsored by NBS, U. S. Department of Agriculture and the Truck-Body and Equipment Association. The method allows determination of pertinent characteristics from rate-of-weight gain data and a simplified calorimetric

technique for obtaining the total cooling load. Development of

this method provides a base for promulgation of standards for

testing and rating truck bodies by Government, industrial and

commercial laboratories.

LINKING ENGINEERING MEASUREMENTS AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA TO STANDARDS

Product Standardization Updated.—Procedures for standardizing industrial products have recently been revised. The new

procedures will apply to the 40 proposals which the NBS Office of

Product Standards has received for new standards, ranging from

pressure sensitive tape to wood garage doors. These standards,

which are now considered tentative, are being reviewed to assure

their technical soundness. When they are found to be generally

acceptable by the manufacturers, distributors and users of these

products and in accord with the public interest, they will be

published for voluntary use. Package Checking Procedures for Aerosol Products.—NBS developed a simple, rapid procedure for checking the delivered

87
weight of aerosol products. The Chemical Specialties Manufacturers Association and industry cooperated with the NBS Office

of Weights and Measures in developing the testing techniques,

which will be used by both aerosol packagers and weights and

measures officials. Auto Seat Belt Standards Revised.—In April 1966 proposed

changes were published for the auto seat belt standards first an- nounced last December. With slight revision these changes have

now been incorporated in the standards; in this form the standards became mandatory on December 31, 1965. Beginning on

that day, the manufacture, sale, or transportation in interstate commerce of seat belts which do not meet the revised standards

would be unlawful. The standards with the revisions were

printed in the July 1, 1965 Federal Register. The standards cover

three types of seat belt assembles : a lap belt, a safety harness for

adults, and a safety harness for children. The lap belt provides

restraint only on the pelvis and is designed for situations where

movement of the upper part of the body is not likely to cause

injury. The safety harness provides restraint both on the pelvis

and the upper torso and is designed for situations where move- ment of the entire body must be restricted to avoid injury. The

standards permit the safety harness for adults to be either an

integral harness or a combination of lap and shoulder belts. Seat Belt Tester Capable of Simulating Automobile Crashes.—

A dynamic seat belt test machine capable of simulating key as- pects of an automobile crash has been developed. NBS has, and

will continue to utilize, various tests for seat belts—including

abrasion and tension testing—but the new machine is of particular interest because it provides a means of testing conventional

seat belts under conditions closely approximating those present

during vehicle operation. The machine is composed of a sled

carrying a seat and dummy which is accelerated by means of a

flywheel through a tow tape attached to the sled. The machine is designed to accelerate the sled and dummy (together weighing

about 400 pounds) to 30 miles per hour in a space of 19 inches

and a time of 0.072 second. This produces an acceleration of

around 30 Gs.

National Scale Seminar.—A National Scale Seminar covering

weights and measures considerations was sponsored jointly by

the NBS Office of Weights and Measures and the Scale Manufacturers Association. The basic purpose of the seminar was to ex- pose representatives of the scale industry to weights and measures

supervision.

88
DISSEMINATION OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION

The Institute's technical information program is built around

the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information, which serves as the central point of contact in the Federal

Government for disseminating the results of Government-sponsored research and development to industry, commerce and the

general public. In addition, the Institute maintains certain specialized technical information centers. THE CLEARINGHOUSE

Fiscal year 1966 marked the second full year of operation for

the Clearinghouse. As expected, the work load and output of

this facility increased substantially. The two Clearinghouse in- dexes (U.S. Government Research and Development Reports and

Technical Translations, a report of foreign translations into the

English language) announced 29,000 and 20,000 titles, respectively. The total title collection in the Clearinghouse now numbers 455,000, which is an increase of almost 14 percent over fiscal 1965. In addition, the Clearinghouse issued 1,825,000 copies of

research reports, an increase of better than 23 percent over last year. New Patent Subscription Service.—The Clearinghouse began

offering 16 mm microfilm of all new patents issued by the U. S. Patent Office and reported in the Official Gazette. It is estimated

that 67,000 patents issued annually by the Patent Office will be

made available to subscribers. Subscribers may purchase the

total or one of three categories—electrical, mechanical or chemical.

Government-Wide Index.—A Government-wide index to Federal

Research and Development Reports is now being published twice

a month as a companion publication to U. S. Government Research

and Development Reports. It completely indexes USGRDR and

includes entries from current issues of other Government abstract

journals. Documents are indexed by subject, author, contracting

or performing organization, report number, and contract number.

Federally Sponsored Research Announcements.—The Clearinghouse, in cooperation with the National Science Foundation and

the Science Information Exchange began to announce Federally

sponsored research and development underway. The U. S. Government Research and Development Reports publication was re- cently expanded to include a section listing current unclassified

Government-sponsored research and development projects. In- tended to prevent costly duplication of research in the physical

sciences, engineering and related technology, the listings include

89
project, title, performing organization, principal investigators and

term of contract or grant.

Engineers Joint Council Thesaurus.—Identifier words used in

indexing reports in USGRDR over the past year were reviewed,

edited, and standardized according to Engineers Joint Council

(EJC) specifications by the Clearinghouse lexicographer. These

terms will be candidate items for input to the revision of the

"EJC Thesaurus of Engineering Terms." The items will be key

punched and presented to EJC in machine-readable form.

USGRDR Publication Expanded.—U. S. Government Research

and Development Reports (USGRDR) announced the availability

of selected new reports of U. S. Government-sponsored R&D re- leased by the Department of Defense, the Atomic Energy Commission, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, and

other agencies. Entries are arranged under 22 subject categories.

This system was adopted by the Committee on Scientific and Technical Information (COSATI) of the Federal Council on Science

and Technology.

Foreign Technology and Translations.—The Clearinghouse Foreign Technology and Translations Program is focused toward

collecting, editing, announcing, and making foreign scientific and

technical information available to industry, commerce, and the

general public. Inputs to this mission are derived from the Federal community, the industrial community, the public, and from

foreign government and industrial communities.

International Customs Journal Now Available.—Permanent

reference copies of the International Customs Journals can now

be purchased by U. S. exporters from the Clearinghouse. Published by the International Customs Tariffs Bureau in Brussels,

the Journals consist of translations of the national customs tariffs

of various countries, as well as other official pronouncements bearing on their custom systems.

Heretofore the U.S. Department of Commerce has only been

able to furnish businessmen with copies on a loan basis since the

International Customs Tariffs Bureau restricts distribution of

copies of the Journals to member governments. The Department

recently made arrangements, however, which enable it to sell re- productions of the Journals to exporters for their permanent use.

Foreigyi Market Surveys Sold by Clearinghouse.—A series of

Foreign Market Surveys have been prepared by overseas market

research firms for the Business and Defense Services Administration, U. S. Department of Commerce, as part of a United States

program to help U. S. firms initiate, develop, or expand their ex90
ports. The Surveys join a growing list of publications now available to U. S. businessmen through the NBS Clearinghouse.

TEXTILE AND APPAREL TECHNOLOGY

The Textile and Apparel Technology Center functions with

funds provided by the Congress under the Civilian Industrial

Technology (CIT) appropriation in fiscal year 1963 and subsequently. The money was made available to encourage the textile

and apparel industries' efforts to develop ways of coping with

the pressures of economic cycles, foreign competition, displacement by other materials, changing consumer demands, and the

impact of new materials. Projects have been chosen with the aim

of helping to begin institutional activities which the industry

itself will continue to support.

Apparel Research Foundation.—IAT helped in organizing and

financing the Apparel Research Foundation (ARF) to spur technological progress in the apparel manufacturing industry. Dues

from members and financial support from IAT has resulted

in research aimed at development of newer types of garment

machinery.

Cotton Yarn Strength Tables.—The NBS Textile and Apparel

Technology Center contracted for the development of Cotton Yarn

Strength Tables. These reference tables can predict the tensile

strength of yarns spun from cotton and other fibers. Use of these

tables saves much time since testing requirements have been re- duced from 40 tests to 3 tests. Simulation Models for Textile Industries.—A report was issued

providing information necessary for construction and validation

of simulation models of the tufted carpet and ladies' seamless

hosiery subindustries. This information is in three levels of detail. The first level is a general description of the manufacture

of tufted carpet or ladies' seamless hosiery, the manufacture of

the yarn used in producing these products, and the distribution of

tufted carpet or ladies' seamless hosiery to the retail consumer. The second level of detail is found in the subindustry function

diagrams and a description of each of their functions and flows.

The third level of detail is in the data tabulations prepared under

separate cover. The report helps manufacturers of various textiles to recognize interactions in the total system from raw materials to distribution of a finished product.

Textile Dye Survey Completed.—An important survey of the

present need for fundamental and applied research in the textile

dyeing process has recently been completed by the Massachusetts

91
Institute of Technology. Heretofore, the development of a specialized system to dye a new material was done empirically and

not systematically. This study sets forth the areas of basic re- search that must be explored in order to develop improved dyes.

It is hoped that this survey will help to correlate an estimated 10

million dollar annual industry effort to develop new dyes.

Thesaurus of Textile Terms Aids Industry.—A thesaurus of

textile and apparel terms has been completed. The document is heralded as an extremely valuable step in computerizing certain

aspects of the textile industry. The thesaurus is compatible with

those of the Joint Engineers Council and the American Society

for Metals, which will make it possible to join the three systems

by telephone and search their literature simultaneously. The

system, when complete, will be of great value to all scientific and

technical workers in the textile, apparel, and related industries.

Currently, editors of appropriate journals are using the thesaurus

to index and store information on 20 years of literature in the

field. ENGINEERING STANDARDS

Standards Communication Center.—A Standards Communication Center was recently established in an effort to remedy one

aspect of the serious problem that exists in the area of standards

information. The long range objective of the Center is to provide a reference service capable of furnishing the most accurate,

current, and complete information available concerning domestic

standards and standarization activity. It is anticipated that the

scope of the Center will be expanded gradually to include foreign

and international standards. The material in the Standards

Communication Center will consist of all available domestic standards in current use; federal and military specifications and

standards; books and periodicals pertaining to standards and

standardization; and items such as committee reports and drafts

of standards, press releases, and newsletters.

Metrology Laboratory for Latin American Countries.—As part

of the State Department's Agency for International Development

program, a metrology training center has been installed in Bogota,

Colombia. Staff members from the NBS Office of Weights and

Measures conducted a training course in the new facility for government officials and inspectors of three Latin American countries —Colombia, Ecuador, and Venezuela. Located at the National

University in Bogota, Colombia, the new laboratory has been

equipped with length, mass, and volume standards calibrated at NBS. Weights and measures field standards similar to those used

in this country have also been installed.

92
On the left, mass standards designed at !\BS for the new metrology lab in Bogota, Colombia. These standards range in size from 1 mg to 30 kg. At

right is a 30-kg precision one-arm balance, also developed for the laboratory.

BUILDING RESEARCH

New Building Research Publication Series.—A new publication

entitled Building Science Series was begun. The series is designed to disseminate technical information developed at the

Bureau on building materials, components, systems, and whole

structures. Presented are research results, test methods, and

performance criteria related to structural and environmental

functions and the durability and safety characteristics of building

elements and systems. The series is directed toward the manufacturing, design, and construction segments of the building in- dustry, standards organizations, officials responsible for building

codes, and scientists and engineers concerned with the properties

of building materials.

INVENTION AND INNOVATION

In general, the mission of the Office of Invention and Innovation (OI&I) is to help develop an environment more conducive to technological change. OI&I seeks to do this in three principal

ways, one providing a more rational basis for the formulation of

climate-setting federal policies, another offering programs of

93
assistance to inventors, and the third through education. Brief

descriptions of major OI&I activities and their origins follow.

Education in the Techniques of Invention and Innovation.—

This program, which stems from a recommendation of the National Inventors Council, explores with the universities, opportunities for teaching the techniques of invention and innovation. A

principal activity in this program is the preparation of challenging design cases, based on real, unsolved problems facing NBS

staff. These cases will be provided first to engineering schools

and, ultimately, as the program progresses, to schools of business

administration as well. National Conference on Creative Engineering.—With support

from the NBS Office of Invention and Innovation, a National Conference on Creative Engineering Education was held in Woods

Hole, Massachusetts, in September 1965. Over one hundred eminent educators, inventors, innovators, entrepreneurs, and Government officials discussed methods of bringing the techniques of

invention and innovation into engineering education, and thereby,

to make engineering a better instrument for solving the growing

problems of mankind. A survey of findings and recommendations of this group was published by NBS.

Invention Expositions.—A total of 13 State invention expositions were held in fiscal year 1966. These activities are usually run by State organizations ; NBS provides expert help in planning

and running the events. In addition, several brochures describing how to plan and run an invention exposition were prepared

and distributed by NBS.

National Inventors Council Reconstituted.—The National In- ventors Council adopted a new charter and appointed Daniel V.

De Simone, Chief of the NBS office of Invention and Innovation,

to the position of Executive Director. Under its new charter the

Council is concerned with the processes of inventions, the work of

inventors, and ways to provide for effective assistance to them

through State, regional and Federal invention programs. This

group works closely with the NBS Office of Invention and

Innovation.

SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Research in the Institute for Applied Technology is strongly

committed to the systems concept, a technique to determine the

entire performance of a man-machine complex or activity. It is used to solve problems which are so complex that a single disci- pline cannot normally resolve the many ramifications of a prob-,

lem. The systems analysis approach seeks to make all parts of
the system work toward a unified best solution, not one which

makes one segment of the system work perfectly.

Transportation Simulation Studies Continued.—Development

continued on a series of simulation tasks pertaining to the trans- portation system of the Northeast Corridor for the Office of

Transportation of the Department of Commerce. The purpose of

this research is to provide a framework, methodology, and mathematical models which will permit measurement and evaluation of

the engineering, economic, and social factors essential to decisionmaking on national transportation policies.

Study of World-Wide Seismology Net.—The NBS Technical

Analysis Division is undertaking a cost-benefit study of the WorldWide Seismology Net (WWSN). This Net, operated by the

Environmental Science Services Administration, monitors earthquakes and other earth disturbances and helps confirm the occur- rence of nuclear explosions all over the world. The use of the

data generated by the Seismology Net has never before been

critically studied.

NBS to Study Benefits of International Standardization.—NBS

is undertaking a study to determine the precise impact that differences in foreign and American standards have on international

trade and the U. S. economy. Attempts to increase American

exports are hampered by differences in foreign and American

standards. This is critically important now in the face of our

continuing balance of payments crisis. The study by the NBS

Technical Analysis Division will determine the effects of greater

U.S. participation in international standards-making organizations. The Technical Analysis Division will describe and measure

every factor of the international standards program which relates

to the growth and maintenance of American markets overseas. Aid to Weather Bureau in Planning Services.—A cost-benefit

study of weather forecasting for the U.S. Weather Bureau

is underway which should help the Weather Bureau improve

its services to the public. The primary objective of the program

is to establish a set of measures of social and economic benefits in

the relationship between man, the weather, and the Weather

Bureau. Baltimore, Maryland, was designated as the site of this

first comprehensive study. Results will help the Weather Bureau

plan programs that will better serve the needs of industry, Government, and the public.

Study Aids in Earthquake Protection.—With the Coast and

Geodetic Survey, a study was completed which promises to be

highly useful in the protection of life and property from the menace of earthquakes. The study is the first phase of a complete

95
survey. However, it already indicates quite clearly the benefits

of using data from the C&GS Engineering Seismology Program in

building design and construction. Conversely, it shows the penalties paid for ignoring such information.

TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO OTHERS

In its field of special competence, the Institute provides advice

and assistance in the form of technical development to other

Government agencies.

The accomplishments described below are intended primarily

to provide a general insight into the type and variety of activities

IAT undertakes for other agencies. Many of the projects discussed under other categories in the IAT section were also undertaken for other agencies.

Aid to Patent Office.—A simulation of Patent Office policy

changes was developed and tested to estimate future waiting periods and workloads. Also, a systems analysis was developed in

support of the Patent Office Program Memorandum, and a study

was completed of the extent to which judgmental flexibility is used in the patent examination process.

Floating Weather Station Uses Nuclear Poiver.—Another in the

series of NOMAD (Navy Oceanographic Meteorological Automatic Device) weather stations developed for the Bureau of Naval

Weapons, is now anchored to supply meteorological data from the

Gulf of Mexico. Power for its transmissions comes from batteries kept charged by a nuclear generator. Data from NOMAD

will help ships and aircraft to evade storms and allow people on

shore to prepare for them.

Computer Center Aids Federal Agencies.—The NBS Center for

Computer Sciences and Technology was designated to conduct re- search for and render technical services to the Administrator of

General Services and to other Government agencies on request.

This work is designed to aid in improving cost effectiveness in the

conduction of Federal programs through the selection, acquisition,

and effective utilization of automatic data processing equipment.

Computer Center Studies Recreation Facilities.—As part of a nationwide plan for outdoor recreation, a formatted data file of

information concerning approximately 45,000 existing and potential recreation areas in the United States was created. Tabulations were made from the file to highlight deficiencies and potential areas of expansion as aids to the development by the Bureau

of Outdoor Recreation of a comprehensive plan to meet the recre- ational needs of the Nation.
Navy weather data station NOMAD, developed at NB.S, is shown being anchored

in tlie Gulf of Mexico.

Aid to Army Military Effectiveness.—NBS is assisting the U.S.

Army Electronic Command in the evaluation of a wide range of

display devices and techniques—such as charts, maps, and drawings—used for military purposes. Methods will also be developed

for making the displays compatible with a central computer complex, such as the NBS-developed MAGIC computer. This system

can take pictorial material into its memory and reproduce it on a

screen. Areas in which ADP play an important part include fire control, intelligence, administration, logistics, and operations.

97
Display requirements range from individual field devices to largescale wall-size systems.

Blood Flotv Seyisor Developed.—A sensor has been developed

for the National Institutes of Health which indicates rate of blood

flow and requires that only one small electrode be inserted into

the blood stream. The system makes use of a newly discovered

relationship between blood flow and electrical conductivity. Medical scientists have long wanted to be able to measure blood flow

in the human body without having to use operative techniques.

Investigation of Chinese Language Characters.—Work con- tinued on the linguistic study of the structure of Chinese characters under NBS and Rome Air Development Center support. The

research has been in two closely related areas: (1) Grammar construction, through which many of the two-dimensional formation

processes underlying the characters have been formalized, and

(2) graphical information processing, in which algorithms asso- ciated with some of the above-mentioned formalized processes

have been implemented as programs for the NBS MAGIC computer. It is expected that research of this type will lead to a foundation for the eventual direct machine-handling of Chinese

characters in particular, and of two-dimensional information in

general.

EXPLORATORY RESEARCH

A portion of the Institute's effort is devoted to exploration of

technical areas broadly related to its other programs, but where

direct relevance to those programs becomes apparent only after

careful study.

Role of the Federal Government in Technological Forecasting—

In February 1965, an interagency task group was formed, reporting to the President's Committee on Manpower and to the Commission on Technology Automation and Economic Growth. Four

of the six members were NBS staff and Donald Schon, director of

the NBS Institute for Applied Technology, chaired the group.

The purpose was to investigate the current and the possible future

role of technological forecasting in the Federal Government, with

particular emphasis on the relevance of technological forecasting

to manpower problems, policies and programs.

Development of New Building Systems.—A contract was re- ceived from the General Services Administration to study the

feasibility of using a portion of the GSA building construction

program to help private industry develop new or improved building systems. The goal of this joint effort is to find one or more

98
building types which lend themselves to a program for developing

new building subsystems. Any economic advantage to the Nation's building industry will be as important as the benefits gained

by the General Services Administration in its own projects.

These new systems should provide a source of advanced technology for both government and non-government construction

programs.

AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING

The NBS Center for Computer Sciences and Technology operates to fulfill responsibilities given to the Secretary of (Commerce

by the Bureau of the Budget. These responsibilities fall in four

major categories: ADP standards, research, advisory and conconsultative services and computer services.

ADP Standards

Project Nomination.—In this phase it is necessary to determine the need, define the scope and collect all available information that would relate to a specific proposed standard. Major

current projects in this area include: glossary of ADP terms,

data interchange codes, magnetic tape measurement techniques,

FORTRAN standard reference, COBOL programming language.

Standards Development.—Here it is necessary to prepare a working draft, resolve controversy over alternatives, coordinate

with involved manufacturers, suppliers, Federal Government

users, the Bureau of the Budget, and BOB's ADP Advisory Council and Interagency Committee on ADP, and then develop a consensus. Projects in this phase were : standard character codes

for information interchange, standard perforated tape code for

information interchange.

Recommendation.—It then remains to make a final draft and,

together with historical background and justification materials,

forward through the Secretary of Commerce to the Bureau of

the Budget.

Voluntary Standards.—An important function of the Center is support for national and international voluntary standards work.

Eleven significant standards have been promulgated or revised

through fiscal year 1966.

Research

Communications Network Analysis.—NBS conducted a study

for the Defense Communications Agency to develop computerbased techniques for identifying relatively "minor" network ele99
ments whose disablement would be disproportionately damaging

to overall communications network capability.

Man-Machine Investigation.—Methods and concepts of information display, manipulation, search and presentation with on-line

computer systems were developed. Included was a test-bed facil- ity for use by other Federal agencies to become familiar with

features of available equipment in order to express reqirements

for their own in-house applications when procuring such systems.

Geophysical Data Logging.—NBS computer specialists collected,

edited and disseminated statistics on background noise of interest

to geophysicists and the nuclear detection community.

Models of Information Systems and Information Processes.—

General and efficient methods were developed for the aggregation

and disaggregation of resource flow networks and models of technological and input-output variety, which draw heavily on current

statistical information systems.

Consultative and Advisory Services

Radiological Data Processing System.—The Radiological Health

Laboratory, Public Health Service, is charged with the responsibility of processing radiological data reported from a national

network. Its Surveillance System collects data on the concentration of various radioactive nuclides in pasteurized milk, human

bones, air, precipitation, etc. The Center cooperated with the

Radiological Health Laboratory to revamp their information

processing systems and to provide improved reporting capability,

faster processing, faster retrieval of needed information, with

minimal programming requirements.

HEW Automatic Data Processing Requirements Study.—This

management organization study, at the request of HEW through

the Bureau of the Budget, was the first made under the joint aegis

of the Bureau of the Budget, the General Services Administration,

and the Department of Commerce. It is anticipated that the

study's recommendations will improve HEW's organizational

structure and management control for automatic data processing

services. The study could be used as a "pattern" by some other

Federal agencies, thus contributing to an overall improvement of

cost-effectiveness in the Government's use of computers.

Department of Labor Data Systems Studies.—To assist the

Department of Labor in getting full value for investments in

major contracted systems studies, the Center assigned a staff member to help the Office of the Secretary of Labor monitor the

performance of various contractors. Included in these studies

is a five-year master plan for orderly development of information

100
systems making effective use of computers for the Department

of Labor.

Computer Services

Department of State.—A series of programs, tabulations and

special analyses of data for Department of State personnel was

undertaken. The project had two major objectives: first, to provide a basis for manpower planning in terms of how many

officers are needed, and with what skills ; secondly, to provide

data generated in manpower studies for use in career management programs.

NBS Administrative Operations.—Development of a comprehensive system of COBOL programs was undertaken to support

automation of various NBS administrative operations. These

include payroll, personnel, accounting, budget and management.

The entire project will, in its final version, provide a fully integrated resource planning and management system.

Scientific Computing Support.—Approximately 33 percent of

Computer Services machine time consists of scientific computing

work in support of other technical divisions at NBS. Programming for these tasks is generally performed by the originating

group. On the average, there are approximately 240 separate

computer runs of this type per week, with a median time duration between two and three minutes per run. The number of

computer runs in an average week for both NBS and non-NBS

users is over 700.

101

APPENDIXES

ORGANIZATION OF THE NATIONAL BUREAU OF

STANDARDS*

The Bureau is headed by a Director who is appointed with the

advice and consent of the Senate. The Director is assisted in the

overall management of the Bureau by a Deputy Director. In

addition, there are three Associate Directors and an Executive

Officer for Boulder (Colorado) Support who are responsible for

the planning and operation of various technical and administrative management services in support of the Bureau's technical

programs.

Technical program activities are conducted in organizational

units known generally as Institutes. Each is headed by an Insti- tute Director who is responsible for the development and direction

of research programs and central national services essential to the fulfillment of a broad segment of the Bureau's mission. These

major organizational units are

(1) The Institute for Basic Standards, which includes 13 divisions (4 in Boulder, Colo.), each serving a classical subject matter area of science and engineering;

(2) The Institute for Material Research, which consists of 7

divisions (1 in Boulder, Colo.), organized primarily by technical

field; and

(3) The Institute for Applied Technology, which includes 16

industry-oriented divisions.

The Central Radio Propagation Laboratory, comprising a series

of four divisions, was transferred to the Commerce Department's

Environmental Science Services Administration on October 11,

1965.

DIRECTOR

Allen V. Astin

DEPUTY DIRECTOR

I. C. SCHOONOVER

*As of June 30, 1966

103
Assistant to the Deputy Director

P. H. Kratz

OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR

Assistants to the Director

G. E. Auman

C. N. Coates

Legal Advisor

A. J. Farrae

Office of Industrial Services

R. L. Stern

Office of Public Information

A. V. Gentilini

Associate Director for Academic Liaison

S. Silverman

Office of Engineering Standards Liaison and Analysis

G. S. Gordon

Office for Program Development and Evaluation

Vacant

SENIOR RESEARCH FELLOWS

C. Eisenhart

K. Shuler

S. N. Alexander

OFFICE OF ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR

ADMINISTRATION

R. S. Walleigh

Assistant to the Associate Director

P. H. Schrader

Patent Advisor

D. Robbins

Accounting J. P. Menzer, Acting

Administrative Services G. W. Knox

Budget and Management J. E. Skillington

Internal Audit H. F. Whittington

Personnel G. R. Porter

Plant M. B. Goetz, Acting

Supply G. B. Kefover

EXECUTIVE OFFICER FOR BOULDER SUPPORT*

S. W. J. Welch

Administrative Services B. F. Betts, Acting

Shops R. S. Perrill

Plant E. A. Yuzwiak

* Located in Boulder, Colo.

104
OFFICE OF ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR

TECHNICAL SUPPORT

Vacant

Coordinator of Special International

Programs

Office of Technical Information and

Publications

Research Information

Office of Radiation Safety

Instrument Shops

Measurement Engineering

L. L. Marton

W. R. TlLLEY

Vacant

A. Schwebel, Acting

F. P. Brown

G. F. Montgomery

INSTITUTE FOR BASIC STANDARDS

Director

R. D. Huntoon

Deputy Director

M. B. Wallenstein

Deputy Director for Radio Standards *

J. M. Richardson

Associate Director for Measurement Services

W. A. Wildhack

Assistant to the Director

H. L. Mason

Office of Standard Reference Data

Nuclear Properties

Atomic and Molecular Properties

Solid State Properties

Thermodynamic and Transport

Properties

Chemical Kinetics Data

Applied Mathematics

Numerical Analysis

Statistical Engineering

Electricity

Resistance & Reactance

Electrochemistry

Electrical Instruments Metrology

Photometry and Colorimetry

Refractometry

Photographic Research

Mechanics

Sound

Engineering Mechanics

Rheology

Mechanical Measurements Branch

Pressure Measurements

* Located in Boulder, Colo.

E. L. Brady

Colloid and Surface Properties

Mechanical Properties

Information Systems Design and

Research

Information Services Operation

E. W. Cannon

Mathematical Physics

Operations Research

C. H. Page

Magnetic Measurements

High Voltage

Absolute Electrical Measurements

A. G. Length

Engineering Metrology

Mass and Volume

McNish

B. L. Wilson

Fluid Mechanics Branch

Fluid Meters

105
Vacuum Measurements Hydraulics

Vibration Measurements Aerodynamics

Humidity Measurements

Heat R. P. Hudson

Heat Measurements Statistical Physics

Cryogenic Physics Temperature

Equation of State Radiation Thermometry

Atomic Physics K. G. Kessler Spectroscopy Electron Physics

Infrared and Microwave Atomic Physics

Spectroscopy Plasma Spectroscopy

Far Ultraviolet Physics

Physical Chemistry R. E. Ferguson

Thermochemistry Mass Spectrometry

Surface Chemistry Photo Chemistry

Elementary Processes Radiation Chemistry

Laboratory Astrophysics* L. M. Branscomb

Radiation Physics H. W. Koch

Radiation Theory Nuclear Physics Branch

Radiological Physics Branch Radioactivity

X-ray Physics Neutron Physics

Dosimetry Photonuclear Physics

X-ray Standards Nuclear Spectroscopy

Accelerator Branch

Accelerator Engineering

Radiation Physics Instrumentation

Accelerator Physics

Radio Standards Laboratory* J. M. Richardson

Radio Standards Physics* Y. Beers Frequency-Time Dissemination Res. Atomic Frequency & Time Stds. Frequency-Time Broadcast Services Quantum Electronics Radio and Microwave Materials Radio Plasma

Radio Standards Engineering* H. M. Altschuler HF Calibration Services Microwave Calibration Services

HF Electrical Standards Microwave Circuit Standards

HF Impedance Standards Electromagnetic Fields Standards

INSTITUTE FOR MATERIALS RESEARCH

Director

G. K. Teal

Deputy Director

H. C. Allen, Jr.

Assistant to the Director

H. E. Sorrows

Materials Evaluation Laboratory R. B. Hobbs

Materials Evaluation and Testing Evaluation Criteria Procurement Systems Performance Research

Office of Standard Reference Materials W. W. Meinke

Analytical Chemistry W. W. Meinke

* Located in Boulder, Colo.

106
Radiochemical Analysis Analytical Mass Spectrometry

Spectrochemical Analysis Organic Chemistry

Electrochemical Analysis Activation Analysis

Analytical Coordination Chemistry Separation and Purification Microchemical Analysis

Polymers J. D. Hoffman

Polymer Solutions Molecular Properties

Polymer Chemistry Dental Research

Polymer Physics Polymer Characterization

Metallurgy M. R. Meyerson, Acting

Engineering Metallurgy Metal Physics

Alloy Physics Electrolysis and Metal Deposition

Lattice Defects and Microstructures Crystallization of Metals

Corrosion

Inorganic Materials E. Ambler

Inorganic Chemistry Physical Properties

Inorganic Glass Crystallography

High Temperature Chemistry Solid State Physics

Crystal Chemistry

Reactor Radiations C. 0. Muehlhause

Cryogenics* B. W. Birmingham

Cryogenic Technical Services Cryogenic Systems

Cryogenic Data Center Cryogenic Metrology

Cryogenic Properties of Solids Cryogenic Fluid Transport Processes

Properties of Cryogenic Fluids

INSTITUTE FOR APPLIED TECHNOLOGY

Director

J. P. EBERHARDf

Deputy Director L. M. KUSHNERf

Manager, Engineering Standards M. W. Jensen

Office of Engineering Standards Services D. R. Mackay

Office of Weights and Measures M. W. Jensen

Office of Invention and Innovation D. V. DeSimone

Innovation Studies and Analyses Invention Programs

Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information B. M. Fry

Document Reproduction and Distribution Branch

Automated Systems and Services Branch

Publications and Customer Relations Branch

Administrative Services

Joint Publications Research Service

Document Processing Branch

Technology Review Branch

Building Technology A. A. Bates

Structures Materials and Composites

Fire Research Codes and Standards

Environmental Engineering

* Located in Boulder, Colo. fAs of July 1, 1966.

107
Electronic Instrumentation M. G. Domsitz

Engineering Electronics Basic Instrumentation

Electron Devices

Textile and Apparel Technology Center F. C. Brenner

Contract Research Program Technical Support Program

Technical Analysis Division W. E. Cushen

Northeast Corridor Transportation Innovation Studies

Simulation and Data Bank Economic Systems Studies-Models

Benefit-Cost Studies

Service Studies

Economic Benefit Studies Center for Computer Sciences and Technology N. J. Ream

Office for Information Processing standards J. Wegstein, Acting

Technical Information Exchange M. R. Fox, Acting

Computer Services I. V. Voltin

Management Applications Planning H. Gammon, Acting

Systems Research and Development E. Marden, Acting

Information Processing Technology J. Nigro, Acting

Information Sciences Vacant

FIELD ESTABLISHMENTS

Institute for Basic Standards

Metrology Division Field Station:

Visual Landing Aids Field Laboratory Areata, Calif.

Institute for Applied Technology

Office of Weights and Measures Field Stations

Master Railway Track Scale Depot Clearing, 111. Building Research Field Stations

Materials Testing Laboratories Denver, Colo. ; Seattle, Wash.

Radio Standards Laboratory Field Stations:

Standard Frequency Station WWV Greenbelt, Md.

Standard Frequency Station WWVL-WWVB Fort Collins, Colo.

Standard Frequency Station WWVH Maui, Hawaii

Laboratory Astrophysics Division Field Station:

Poor Man's Relief Mine, Four-Mile Canyon Boulder, Colo.

SUMMARY OF NBS STAFF AS OF JUNE 30, 1966

Washington Boulder Total

Total permanent staff 2,940 629 3,569

Other staff** 335 106 441

Total on rolls 3,275 735 4,010

Research associates &

guest workers 104 12 116

Total on rolls at NBS 3,379 747 4,126

108
Professional staff***

Physicists 434 113 547

Chemists 290 10 300

Engineers 173 99 272

Mathematicians 52 11 63

Other 133 3 136

Total professional staff 1,082 236 1,318

**WAE, consultants, students, teachers, postdoctoral fellows, and

temporary-limited employees.

***Full-time permanent (excludes any under **).

FINANCIAL DATA FOR FISCAL YEAR 1966

Program and Source of Financing Obligations Incurred In

Thousands of Dollars

(Rounded)

Supported by NBS Appropriations

Operating Programs

:

Research and Technical Services $28,665

Civilian Industrial Technology 439

Special Foreign Currency Program 498

Construction and Facilities Programs:

Plant and Facilities 2,654

Construction of Facilities 10,970

Total Obligations, NBS Appropriations 43,226

Supported by Other Funds*

From Other Federal Agencies 20,104

From Other Sources 3,692

Total Obligations, Other Funds 23,796

Total Program 67,022

*Work supported by other funds consists of research and development pro- grams for other Government agencies; consultative, advisory, and technical

services, the performance of various tests and calibrations, and the manufacture and sale of standard reference materials for other Government

agencies and the public.

ADVISORY COMMITTEES

STATUTORY VISITING COMMITTEE

Reports annually to Secretary of Commerce on NBS activities.

Dates indicate expiration of appointment.

Dr. E. R. Piore, Vice President, Research & Engineering, Inter- national Business Machines Corporation (1967), Chairman

109
Dr. Frederick Seitz, President, National Academy of Sciences

(1966)

Dr. Elmer W. Engstrom, President, Radio Corporation of America

(1968)

Dr. Paul C. Cross, President, Mellon Institute (1969)

Prof. Norman F. Ramsey, Department of Physics, Harvard University (1970)

TECHNICAL ADVISORY PANELS

During the past year the National Academy of SciencesNational Research Council continued to provide technical advice

to the Bureau. Twenty panels were in existence, and one (Information Technology) was abolished. Several new panels were

created because of new responsibilities laid upon the Bureau and

because of certain reorganization within the Institutes. Of the

twenty panels, twelve met at least once, and the Textile and Apparel Advisory panel met four times.

Institute for Basic Standards

Dr. R. D. Huntoon, Director

Advisory Panel to Applied Mathematics Division

Prof. Francis J. Anscombe, Yale University, Chairman

Prof. Charles R. DePrima, California Institute of Technology

Prof. Joaquin B. Diaz, University of Maryland

Dr. Ralph E. Gomory, International Business Machines Corp.

Dr. J. P. LaSalle, Research Institute for Advanced Studies

Dr. J. Barkley Rosser, University of Wisconsin

Prof. John Todd, California Institute of Technology

Prof. John W. Tukey, Princeton University

Advisory Panel to Electricity Division

Dr. William G. Amey, Leeds & Northrup Company, Chairman

Dr. Richard M. Bozorth, International Business Machines Corp.

Mr. Ivan. G. Easton, General Radio Company

Prof. Raymond M. Fuoss, Yale University

Dean R. B. Lindsay, Brown University

Mr. E. C. Starr, U. S. Department of the Interior

Prof. M. B. Stout, University of Michigan

Prof. John G. Trump, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Advisory Panel to Metrology Division

Dr. J. H. Webb, Eastman Kodak Company, Chairman

Prof. Isay A. Balinkin, University of Cincinnati

Dr. Alsoph H. Corwin, The Johns Hopkins University

Mr. C. L. Crouch, Illuminating Engineering Society

no
Mr. A. M. Dexter, Bausch & Lomb Incorporated

Dr. Robert E. Hopkins, University of Rochester

Mr. Louis Polk, Dayton, Ohio

Mr. Eric J. Schneider, Engis Equipment Company

Prof. John Strong, The Johns Hopkins University

Advisory Panel to Mechanics Division

Prof. S. R. Beitler, American Society of Mechanical Engineering, Chairman

Prof. Lynn S. Beedle, Lehigh University

Dr. B. B. Dayton, Consolidated Vacuum Corporation

Prof. Cyril M. Harris, The Columbia University

Prof. Arthur T. Ippen, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Dr. Harry F. Olson, Radio Corporation of America

Dr. M. E. Shank, Pratt & Whitney Aircraft

Prof. R. S. Rivlin, Brown University

Advisory Panel to Heat Division

Dr. Charles F. Squire, Texas A&M University, Chairman

Prof. Howard W. Emmons, Harvard University

Prof. H. R. Griem, University of Maryland

Dr. Paul G. Klemens, Westinghouse Research Laboratories

Prof. Robert S. Mulliken, The Florida State University

Prof. John Ross, Brown University

Prof. Clayton A. Swenson, Iowa State University

Prof. Edgar F. Westrum, Jr., University of Michigan

Advisory Panel to Atomic Physics Division

Prof. W. R. Bennett, Jr., Yale University, Chairman

Prof. R. Grant Athay, University of Colorado

Dr. Wade L. Fite, University of Pittsburgh

Dr. Leo Goldberg, Harvard College Observatory

Prof. Gabriel Weinreich, University of Michigan

Advisory Panel to Physical Chemistry Division

Dr. Henry Eyring, University of Utah, Chairman

Prof. Robert Gomer, The University of Chicago

Dr. Joseph 0. Hirschfelder, University of Wisconsin

Dr. Max S. Matheson, Argonne National Laboratory

Dr. Daniel R. Stull, The Dow Chemical Company

Prof. Harold S. Johnston, University of California

Dr. Norman D. Coggeshall, Gulf Research & Development

Company

Advisory Panel to Laboratory Astrophysics

Dr. Leo Goldberg, Harvard College Observatory, Chairman

Dr. Wade L. Fite, University of Pittsburgh

Prof. W. R. Bennett, Jr., Yale University

in
Dr. Arthur Kantrowitz, Everett Research Laboratory

Dr. A. Keith Pierce, Kitt Peak National Observatory

Dr. 0. C. Wilson, California Institute of Technology

Advisory Panel to Radiation Physics Division

Dr. Robley D. Evans, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,

Chairman

Dr. John S. Blair, University of Washington

Mr. Casimer J. Borkowski, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Dr. Peter T. Demos, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Dr. John S. Laughlin, Sloan-Kettering Institute for Cancer

Research

Dr. Marshall R. Cleland, Radiation Dynamics, Inc. Dr. Vance L. Sailor, Brookhaven National Laboratory

Dr. Warren K. Sinclair, Argonne National Laboratory

Advisory Panel to Radio Standards Laboratory

Dr. E. W. Houghton, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Chairman

Dr. George Birnbaum, North American Aviation

Dr. Paul D. Coleman, University of Illinois

Dr. Cullen M. Crain, The Rand Corporation

Prof. E. U. Condon, University of Colorado

Prof. H. A. Haus, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Dr. C. Lester Hogan, Motorola, Inc. Mr. Frank McGinnis, Sperry Gyroscope Company

Prof. Arthur A. Oliner, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn

Dr. Bernard M. Oliver, Hewlett-Packard Company

Prof. M. W. P. Strandberg, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Prof. J. H. Van Vleck, Harvard University

Advisory Committee on Calibration and Measurement Services

Dr. C. E. White, AVCO Corporation, Chairman

Dr. William G. Amey, Leeds and Northrup Company

Mr. Marvin Friedland, Eau Gallie, Florida

Mr. S. C. Richardson, General Electric Company

Mr. Bruno 0. Weinschel, Weinschel Engineering

Mr. A. J. Woodington, General Dynamics/Astronautics

Institute for Materials Research

Dr. Gordon K. Teal, Director

Advisory Panel to Analytical Chemistry

Dr. Charles E. White, University of Maryland, Chairman

Prof. George T. Austin, State College of Washington

Prof. Clark E. Bricker, University of Kansas

Prof. W. D. Cooke, Cornell University

Prof. George Morrison, Cornell University

112
Prof. Charles N. Reilley, University of North Carolina

Prof. L. B. Rogers, Purdue University

Dr. James White, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Advisory Panel to Polymers Division

Dr. Raymond F. Boyer. Dow Chemical Company, Chairman

Dr. C. M. Blair, Union Carbide Corporation

Dr. J. H. Dillon, Textile Research Institute

Dr. Charles C. Price, University of Pennsylvania

Dr. C. G. Overberger, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn

Advisory Panel to Metallurgy Division

Dr. Robert H. Aborn, Millington, New Jersey

Dr. W. A. Dean, Aluminum Company of America

Dr. D. J. Dienes, Brookhaven National Laboratory

Mr. A. R. Lytle, National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council

Prof E. F. Osborn, Pennsylvania State University

Dr. Albert J. Phillips, American Smelting and Refining Company

Prof Robb M. Thomson, University of Illinois

Advisory Panel to Inorganic Materials Division

Dr. Joseph E. Burke, General Electric Research Laboratory,

Chairman

Dr. C. L. Babcock, Owens-Illinois Technical Center

Dr. Morris Berg, AC Spark Plug

Dr. James R. Johnson, Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing

Company

Dr. Ralston Russell, Jr., The Ohio State University

Prof. Henry Taube, Stanford University

Advisory Panel to Cryogenics Division

Dr. Clyde McKinley, Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., Chairman

Dr. E. F. Hammel, University of California

Prof. A. L. Hesselschwerdt, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Prof. Edward Lady, University of Michigan

Institute for Applied Technology

J. P. Eberhard, Director

Advisory Panel to Building Research Division

Dr. Robert A. Hechtman, McLean, Virginia, Chairman

Mr. James H. Binns, Armstrong Cork Company

Dr. J. V. Fitzgerald, Tile Council of America, Inc. Mr. Thomas P. Harkins, Thomas P. Harkins, Inc.

113
Prof. Hoyt C. Hottel, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Mr. Joseph H. Newman, Tishman Research Corporation

Mr. Alwin B. Newton, Borg-Warner Corporation

Mr. Raymond C. Reese, Toledo, Ohio

Mr. Herbert H. Swinburne, Nolen, Swinburne and Associates

Mr. C. H. Topping, E. I. DuPont De Nemours and Co.

Mr. T. E. Werkema, Dow Chemical Company

Advisory Panel to Electronic Instrumentation Division

Mr. Leon Podolsky, Sprague Electric Company, Chairman

Mr. G. S. Briney, International Business Machines Corporation

Mr. J. A. Caffiaux, Electronic Industries Association

Mr. Ivan G. Easton, General Radio Company

Mr. Edward S. Hill, Texas Instruments Incorporated

Dr. C. H. Hoffman, Illinois Institute of Technology

Dr. Robert Jeffries, Data Control Systems Inc. Mr. H. J. Luer, Bell Telephone Laboratories

Dr. Russell H. Lyddane, General Electric Company

Mr. John S. Norton, Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Peter R. Perino, Statham Instruments, Inc. Dr. Robert L. Pritchard, Stanford Electronics Laboratories

Mr. Samuel H. Watson, Radio Corporation of America

Dr. Richard C. Webb, Colorado Instruments Inc. Mr. Robert I. Scace, General Electric Company

Advisory Panel to Textile and Apparel Technology Center

Mr. Richard T. Kropf, Belding Heminway Co., Inc., Chairman

Dr. Paul B. Stam, J. P. Stevens & Co., Inc. Mr. William J. Bank, Jonbil Manufacturing Co., Inc. Dr. Malcolm E. Campbell, North Carolina State University

Mr. Fred Fortess, Celanese Fibers Company

Dr. Frank Fisher, National Academy of Sciences

Mr. J. B. Goldberg, New York, N. Y.

Mr. George Perkel, Textile Workers Union of America

Mr. Kurt Salmon, Kurt Salmon Associates, Inc. Mr. Horace A. Secrist, The Kendall Company

Mr. Victor F. Sepavich, Crompton & Knowles Corporation

Mr. Levon M. Yacubian, Barre Wool Combing Co., Ltd.

AWARDS AND HONORS

Recognition of the Bureau's contributions to science and technology often takes the form of awards and honors from Government, academic, professional, and industrial groups. The following list reflects such recognition bestowed on Bureau staff members during fiscal year 1966

114
Recipient

Allen, Harry

Astin, Allen V.

Codling, Keith

Hague, John L.

Hamer, Walter J.

Judd, Deane B.

Kline, Gordon M.

Kloss, Kenneth E.

Madden, Robert P.

Milligan, Dolphus E.

Rosenblatt, Joan R.

Sitterly, Charlotte Moore

Sugar, Jack

Taylor, Lauriston S.

Award

Samuel Wesley Stratton Award

Elected Vice President for Physics and Chairman of the Section

Committee on Physics of the

American Association for the

Advancement of Science for

1966

Achievement Award from the

Washington Academy of Sci- ences ANACHEM Award from Association of Analytical Chemists

Honorary Doctor of Science degree from Juniata College, Huntingdon, Pa.

Samuel Wesley Stratton Award

Edward B. Rosa Award

National Capital Award by D. C. Council of Engineering and Architectural Societies and Washington Academy of Sciences

Achievement Award from the

Washington Academy of Sci- ences Professor Arturo Miolati Prize

from the University of Padua,

Italy

Achievement Award from the

Washington Acadamy of Sci- ences

Civil Service Career Award

Fulbright grant

Edward B. Rosa Award

Department of Commerce Exceptional Service Awards

(Gold Medal)

Technical Area Recipient

Herbstreit, Jack W. Radio properties of the atmosphere affecting precision missile

tracking and guidance systems.

Leiss, James E. Linear accelerator design and

instrumentation

Newman, Morris Computer science and technol115
Group Award:

Roder, Hans M.

Weber, Lloyd A.

Diller, Dwain E.

Corruccini, Robert J. Younglove, Benny A.

Goodwin, Robert D.

Group Award

:

Schmeltekopf, Arthur L. Ferguson, Eldon E.

Fehsenfeld, Fred C.

ogy and distinguished authorship

Properties of parahydrogen

Science of aeronomy through

laboratory work on the fundamental atomic and molecular

processes pertinent to the upper

atmosphere

Department of Commerce

(Sil

Bozman, William R.

Danos, Michael

Ginnings, Defoe C.

Goldman, Alan J.

Hudson, Paul A.

Irwin, Lafayette K.

Lee, Richard D.

Manning, John R.

Pelander, Carl E.

Pfaff, Philip, Jr.

Meritorious Service Awards

er Medal)

Application of computer techniques to the publication of sci- entific data

Theoretical physics and nuclear

theory

Calorimetry including design,

techniques, and application to measurements

Commerce Department programs and meritorious authorship in the field of operations

research

Development and construction

of the Nation's standards for

cw and pulse power and pulse

voltage

Administrative direction and

creative engineering design in

relocation of Engineering Mechanics Section

Accuracy of realizing the Inter- national Practical Temperature

Scale

Solid state theory

Support services for the Laboratory Astrophysics Division at JILA

Mechanical design contributions

116
Plumb, Harmon H.

Pummer, Walter J.

Rosenstock, Henry M.

Group Award:

Gillilland, Kitt E. Mielenz, Klaus D.

Nefflen, Karl F. Stephens, Robert B.

to major scientific programs of

NBS

Temperature standards through

development of primary and sec- ondary cryogenic thermometers

Chemical research on aromatic

fluorocarbons and polymers

Molecular ionization processes

Application of continuous-wave

gas laser to length metrology

Department of Commerce Superior Service Award

(Bronze Medal)

Bergh, Maurice Support services for Cryogenics

Cuthill, John R.

Katahara, Sadami

Mend, Hans

Shultz, James I.

Weaver, Frank D.

Williams, Geneva F.

Group Award:

Bean, B. Leonard

Blaine, Raymond L. Brookhyser, Robert R.

Corah, Harold J. DeFore, Martin R.

Evans, Donald N.

Foster, Bruce E.

Marek, Otto C.

Stiller, Gerald R.

Watton, George

Winblade, Frank N.

Division

Design and construction of an

electron probe microanalyzer

Performance as Chief of NBS

field station, Maui, Hawaii

Scientific instruments

Standard reference materials

for Steel Industry

Electrical metrology, measure- ment systems and calibration

services

Calibration and research operations of the Thermometry Laboratory

Management and operation of

the cement testing program and

its related standardization activities

117
EDUCATION, TRAINING,

AND UNIVERSITY LIAISON

A broad employee program, implemented primarily through the

NBS Graduate School and non-government educational and training facilities, is available to all staff members. The program

covers education through postdoctoral research and is offered at both the Boulder and Gaithersburg Laboratories. The primary

objectives—to increase employee efficiency in assigned duties and

to prepare systematically for increased responsibilities—are to an increasing extent encompassing the management and supervisory areas as well as the traditional areas of science and

technology.

The NBS Graduate School

The NBS Graduate School curriculum includes graduate and

undergraduate courses in the physical sciences, mathematics, and

certain branches of engineering. A series of scientific colloquia

and seminars are led by research leaders from the Bureau and

from other research centers and, in addition, general staff development courses, such as scientific German, practical metallurgy, and

mathematical symbolism and terminology are offered. Educational counseling is available, and employees may receive thesis

accreditation for research done at the Bureau. In addition, a

Technician Career Program, for subprofessional laboratory personnel, offers a series of in-hours courses on the fundamentals of

science and mathematics. Surveys periodically redetermine

course offerings and keep the program in step with the changes

and variations in educational requirements.

An interesting variation of the basic theme finds the Graduate

Program at Boulder associated with the University of Colorado

in a Joint-Course program and Adjunct Professor Plan. Various

graduate departments of the NBS Graduate School and the University offer courses which mutually benefit the Government and

the University.

Since the establishment of the educational program in 1908,

42 universities have awarded 337 graduate degrees based partly on credits obtained for thesis work carried on under the NBS

Graduate School Program.

Non-Government Education

Non-government education, authorized by the Government Employees Training Act of 1958, falls into three categories—full- time (3 to 12 months) postdoctoral study and research assignments at universities and research centers, full-time (less than

3 months) attendance at institutes, seminars, short concentrated

118
courses and workshops and part-time, job-related academic

courses at local educational institutions.

Four hundred and fifty staff members at Washington and Boulder were trained through non-government facilities last year ; six career scientists were selected for full-time research assignments

at universities and research centers Participants in approved

full-time training programs receive full salary and expenses, in- cluding tuition, fees, travel and per diem, as well as transportation of family and household effects. Short concentrated courses and training programs at universities and in industry were attended by 146 staff members. Two

hundred and ninety-eight employees, mostly from technical divisions, attended job-related courses at local educational facilities. Interagency Courses

The interagency series of courses is another important area of

government-sponsored programs. Two hundred and sixty-five

Bureau employees participated in a wide range of special courses with a sizeable number in the supervisory-management fields. In

addition, the Commerce Department offers an intradepartment

Science and Technology Fellowship Program. Last year nine

NBS employees went to other Bureaus in the Department while seven were assigned to NBS.

Student Trainee Programs

Each year a student trainee summer program is held for college

and graduate students majoring in the physical sciences, mathematics, and certain branches of engineering. At this time an

integrated work-study plan including lectures, tours, demonstrations, supervised laboratory assignments, and professional counseling is conducted. The program acquaints young people interested in career scientific research opportunities with the work of

NBS. One hundred and eight students worked in this program

last summer. Other summer programs include the assignment of

high school science teachers to the Bureau under National Science

Foundation sponsorship and American University administration.

Last year 16 physics and chemistry teachers worked in NBS laboratories. One hundred and ten students, primarily at the high

school level, had summer assignments at Washington and Boulder

under the Youth Opportunity Program for young people qualifying on the basis of economic need. In addition to these student

programs, 17 college faculty members were employed for the

summer in NBS laboratories.

Postdoctoral Programs

In collaboration with the National Research Council, the National Bureau of Standards offers postdoctoral resident research

119
associateships. Selection covers young scientists promising to become creative leaders in the various branches of the physical

and mathematical sciences. While improving themselves professionally, opportunities are open to increase scientific knowledge

by developing new approaches and laboratory skills. Sabbatical Opportunities

Distinguished scientists are encouraged to spend their sabbatical years, summer vacations, or other extended periods at the

Bureau. These visiting scientists increase the Bureau's ties with

the academic community and provide a continuing influx of new

ideas into the Washington and Boulder programs.

PUBLICATIONS*

PUBLICATIONS IN THE BUREAU'S SERIES

During the year NBS publications totaled 1,107 published

papers and documents.

Of the formal publications, 189 appeared in the Journal of

Research, and 628 in the journals of professional and scientific

societies. Also, 188 summary articles were presented in the

Bureau's monthly Technical News Bulletin.

In the nonperiodical series, 102 documents were published: 7 in

the Monograph series, 3 in the Handbook series, 17 in the Miscellaneous Publication series, 61 in the Technical Notes series, 8

Commercial Standards, 1 National Standard Reference Data Series, 4 Building Science Series, and 1 Simplified Practice

Recommendation.

Journal of Research. Contains full research papers, including

laboratory data, experimental procedures, and theoretical and

mathematical analyses. Advances in measurement standards

and techniques . . . physical constants . . . properties of materials . . . instrumentation . . . radio propagation

The Journal was published in four separate sections . . . A. Physics and Chemistry, issued six times a year. Annual subscription : Domestic, $5; foreign, $6.75; single copy, $1.00. B. Mathematics and Mathematical Physics, issued quarterly.

*Publications for which a price is indicated are available by purchase from

the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402 (foreign postage, one-fourth additional). The NBS nonperiodical series are also available from the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information, Springfield, Va. 22151. Reprints from

outside journals and the NBS Journal of Research may often be obtained

directly from the authors.

120
Annual subscription: Domestic, $2.25; foreign, $2.75; single

copy, 75 cents.

C. Engineering and Instrumentation, issued quarterly. Annual

subscription: Domestic $2.75; foreign, $3.50; single copy, 75

cents. D. Radio Science (formerly Radio Propagation), issued monthly

Annual subscription: Domestic, $9; foreign, $11.50 ; single copy,

$1.00. Beginning with January 1966 this publication was

transferred to the Environmental Science Services Administration, Boulder, Colorado, it is still published monthly and known

as Radio Science at the same subscription rates. Volume 69A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 4 (July-August 1965)

Correlation of successive atomic steps in crystals by relaxation

mode analysis. A. D. Franklin.

Reduction of crystallographic point groups to subgroups by homogeneous stress. H. S. Peiser and J. B. Wachtman, Jr. Effect of hydrostatic pressure on the refractive indices of some

solids. R. M. Waxier and C. E. Weir.

Crystallization kinetics and polymorphic transformations in polybutene-1. J. Powers, J. D. Hoffman, J. J. Weeks, and F. A.

Quinn, Jr. Compliance-time-temperature relationships from indentation

measurements on a pure-gum rubber vulcanizate. F. L. Roth,

G. W. Bullman, and L. A. Wood.

Distribution function of the end-to-end distances of linear poly- mers with excluded volume effects J. Mazur.

An additivity rule for the vapor pressure lowering of aqueous

solutions. R. A. Robinson and V. E. Bower.

Franck-Condon factors to high vibrational quantum numbers

V: 02 band systems. R. W. Nicholls.

An absolute temperature scale from 4 °K to 20 °K determined

from measurements with an acoustical thermometer. H. H.

Plumb and G. Cataland.

Volume 69A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 5 (Sept .-Oct. 1965)

Current research on preservation of archival records on silvergelatin type microfilm in roll form. C. S. McCamy and C. I. Pope.

Franck-Condon factors to high quantum numbers VI : C2 band

systems. R. W. Nicholls.

Matrices of spin-orbit interaction in the electron configurations

p

2 d and p

4

<i. J. L. Tech and R. H. Garstang.

Heat of formation of calcium aluminate tricarbonate at 25 °C.

H. A. Berman.

121
Vapor pressure and heat of sublimation of tungsten. R. Szwarc,

E. R. Plante, and J. J. Diamond.

Heat capacity and enthalpy measurements on aluminum carbide

(AI4C3) from 15 to 1173 °K. Thermodynamic properties from

0 to 2000 °K. G. T. Furukawa, T. B. Douglas, W. G. Saba, and

A. C. Victor.

Properties of aqueous mixtures of pure salts : thermodynamics of

the ternary system water-potassium chloride-barium chloride at 25 °C. R. A. Robinson and V. E. Bower.

A wide-range (up to 10 10 P) rotating cylinder viscometer. Albert

Napolitano, P. B. Macedo, and E. G. Hawkins.

Internal friction in Zr02 containing CaO. J. B. Wachtman, Jr., and W. C. Corwin.

Splitting of equivalent points in noncentrosymmetric space groups

into subsets under homogeneous stress. H. S. Peiser, J. B. Wachtman, Jr., F. A. Munley, and L. C. McCleary.

Inclusion of perfluoromyethyl groups in the crystals of copolymers

of tetrafluoroethylene and hexafluoropropylene. L. H. Bolz and

R. K. Eby.

Volume 69A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 6 (Nov.-Dec. 1965)

Arc measurement of some argon transition probabilities. C. H.

Popenoe and J. B. Shumaker, Jr. Theoretical interpretation of the third spectrum of gold (Au ill).

Y. Shadmi.

Photopolarographic behavior of inorganic depolarizers. R. A.

Durst and J. K. Taylor.

Spectral structure of critical opalescence : binary mixture. R. D.

Mountain.

Irregularities in the NBS (1955) provisional temperature scale. H. M. Roder.

Isotherms determined by the National Bureau of Standards acoustical thermometer in the liquid helium temperature range. G.

Cataland and H. Plumb.

Synthesis of D-glucose-3-14C and related compounds. H. L. Frush, L. T. Sniegoski, N. B. Holt, and H. S. Isbell. Correlation of large longitudinal deformations with different

strain histories. L. J. Zapas and T. Craft.

Crystallography of tetracalcium phosphate. W. E. Brown anc

E. F. Epstein.

Electrode potentials in fused systems X. Measurement of catior

concentration in molten salts using glass membrane electrodes

K. H. Stern and S. E. Meador.

122
Volume 70A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 1 (Jan.-Feb. 1966)

Optical and magnetic spectra of bis-N-propylsalicylaldiminato

copper (II). C. W. Reimann, G. F. Kokoszka, and H. C. Allen,

Jr. Phase equilibria in the system niobium pentoxide-germanium

dioxide. E. M. Levin.

The solution to a nonlinear Lamm equation in the Faxen approximation. I. H. Billick and G. H. Weiss.

A line formula notation system for coordination compounds: III Deviations from idealized configurations. E. Silverton and R.

F. Pasternack.

The spherulitic crystallization of isotactic polypropylene from

solution : on the evolution of monoclinic spherulites from dendritic chain-folded crystal precursors. F. Khoury.

Wavelengths, intensities, and Zeeman patterns in ytterbium

spectra (Yb I, II, III, iv). W. F. Meggers and C. H. Corliss.

Volume 70A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 2 (Mar.-Apr. 1966)

Mechanism of the depolymerization of polytetrafluoroethylene

with pyrolytic and radiolytic initiation. R. E. Florin, M. S. Parker, and L. A. Wall.

Effect of some halogenated hydrocarbons on the flame speed of

methane. C. Halpern.

Rupture-disk ampoule for anhydrous addition of hydrogen fluo- ride. A. R. Glasgow, Jr. Further studies in the annealing of a borosilicate glass. Sam

Spinner and A. Napolitano.

Infrared spectra of the hydrated borates. C. E. Weir.

Interpretation of the solution absorption spectra of the (Pu02 )++

and Np 02 ) + ions. J. C. Eisenstein and M. H. L. Pryce.

Vapor pressure and heat of sublimation of rhenium. E. R. Plante

and R. Szwarc.

Steady-state response of silicon radiation detectors of the diffused

p-n junction type to x rays. II : Photodiode mode of operation.

K. Scharf and J. H. Sparrow.

Absolute isotopic abundance ratios and the atomic weight of a

reference sample of chromium. W. R. Shields, T. J. Murphy,

E. J. Catanzaro, and E. L. Garner.

Volume 70A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 3 (May-June 1966)

Thermal relaxation and Brillouin scattering in liquids. R. D.

Mountain.

Density of polyethylene crystals grown from solution. G. M.

Martin and E. Passaglia.

Mechanical relaxation in polyethylene crystallized with various

123
degrees of lamellar orientation. J. M. Crissman and E.

Passaglia.

Pentafluorophenyl alkyl and vinyl ethers. W. J. Pummer and

L. A. Wall.

Calibration of germanium resistors at low temperatures (2-20°

Kelvin). G. Cataland and H. H. Plumb.

Dissociation pressure of aluminum carbide using a rotating Knudsen cell. E. R. Plante and C. H. Schreyer.

Determination of intermolecular potential functions from macroscopic measurements. M. Klein.

Volume 69B (Math, and Math. Phys.), No. 3 (July-Sept.

1965)

A development of the theory of errors with reference to economy

of time. M. D. Hersey. Prefatory note by Churchill Eisenhart.

Transversal and matroid partition. J. Edmonds and D. R.

Fulkerson.

Some L2 Markoff inequalities. L. F. Shampine.

Some theorems on the permanent. R. A. Brualdi and M. Newman.

On Kirchhoff's law and its generalized application to absorption

and emission by cavities. F. J. Kelly.

On a relation between two-dimensional Fourier integrals and

series of Hankel transforms. J. V. Cornacchio and R. P. Soni.

On convex metrics. C. Witzgall.

Some extensions of Banach's contraction theorem. P. R. Meyers.

A variant of the two-dimensional Riemann integral. A. J. Goldman.

The use of finite polynomial rings in the factorization of the general polynomial. D. B. Lloyd.

A primal (all-integer) integer programming algorithm. R. D.

Young.

Volume 69B (Math, and Math. Phys.), No. 4 (Oct.-Dec.

1965)

Table of Dedekind sums. R. Dale Shipp.

Lattice points in a sphere. M. Bleicher and M. I. Knopp.

Error analysis of phase-integral methods. I. General theory for

simple turning points. F. W. J. Olver.

Error analysis of phase-integral methods. II. Application to wave-penetration problems. F. W. J. Olver.

A random walk model of chain polymer adsorption at a surface.

II. Effect of correlation between neighboring steps. R. J. Rubin.

Groups of unimodular circulants. R. H. Austing.

A generalization of a result of Newman on multipliers of differ- ence sets. R.L. McFarland.

124
The bridge tournament problem and calibration designs for comparing pairs of objects. R. C. Bose and J. M. Cameron.

The condition of certain matrices. L. F. Shampine.

Some number-theoretic calculations. K. E. Kloss.

Volume 70B (Math, and Math. Phys.), No. 1 (Jan.-Mar.

1966)

Invariant properties of the spheroidal potential of an oblate

planet. J. P. Vinti.

Inclusion of the third zonal harmonic in an accurate reference

orbit of an artificial satellite. J. P. Vinti.

On EPr and normal EPr matrices. I. J. Katz and M. H. Pearl.

The Bernstein form of a polynomial. G. T. Cargo and 0. Shisha.

Remarks on measurable sets and functions. R. 0. Davies.

The form factor for the Fermi model spatial distribution. L. C. Maximon and R. A. Schrack.

Tables for the evaluation of the Faxen approximation to the solution of the Lamm equation. M. Dishon and G. H. Weiss.

Volume 69B (Math, and Math. Phys.), No. 2 (Apr.-June

1966)

On a sequence of points of interest for numerical quadrature. S. Haber.

On abstract numerical integrations. J. J. Sopka.

Treatment of outliers in samples of size three. F. J. Anscombe

and B. A. Barron.

A note on contaminated samples of size three. T. A. Willke.

Realizing the distance matrix of a graph. A. J. Goldman.

Pairs of nonsingular matrices. K. Goldberg.

Upper bounds for the determinant of a row stochastic matrix.

K. Goldberg.

Groups preserving ordering in vectors. K. Goldberg.

Volume 69C (Engr. and Instr.), No. 3 (July-Sept. 1965)

Two-terminal dielectric measurements up to 6 X 108 Hz. M. G.

Broadhurst and A. J. Bur.

Improved ten-picofarad fused silica dielectric capacitor. R. D.

Cutkosky and L. H. Lee. Errors in the series-aparallel buildup of four-terminal resistors.

C. H. Page.

Centerable rotator for measuring properties of crystals. C. P. Saylor and H. B. Lowey.

Equipment for single-crystal growth from the melt suitable for

substances with a low melting point. A. T. Horton and A. R.

Glasgow.

125
Phase and amplitude contrast microscopy in partially coherent

light. M. De and P. K. Mondal.

Exposure time relations for Kossel microdiffraction photographs.

H. Yakowitz and D. L. Vieth.

Cartesian diver as a density comparator. H. A. Bowman and

R. M. Schoonover.

Cryogenic behavior of selected magnetic materials. J. J. Gniewek

and E. Ploge.

Volume 69C (Engr. and Instr.), No. 4 (Oct.-Dec. 1965)

Some applications of the wave front shearing interferometer.

J. B. Saunders.

Precision method for evaluating primary aberrations of lenses

with a Twyman interferometer. J. B. Saunders.

Comparators for voltage transformer calibrations at NBS. W. C.

Sze. Voltage dependence of precision air capacitors. J. Q. Shields.

Single crystal x-ray diffraction at high pressures. C. Weir, S. Block, and G. Piermarini.

The Sondheimer-Wilson-Kohler formula in platinum resistance

thermometry. R. J. Corruccini.

Stress analysis of tape-wound magnet coils. J. Hord.

Centerline correction for precision roughness specimens. J. L. Chamberlin.

Electric currents and potentials resulting from the flow of charged

liquid hydrocarbons through short pipes. M. R. Shafer, D. W.

Baker, and K. R. Benson.

A transistor screening procedure using leakage current measurements. G. T. Conrad and D. C. Shook.

Volume 70C (Engr. and Instr.), No. 1 (Jan.-Mar. 1966)

Coulometric calibration of microvolumetric apparatus. G. Marinenko and J. K. Taylor.

Effect of temperature and notch geometry on the tensile behavior

of a titanium alloy. W. D. Jenkins and W. A. Willard.

Measurement standards for low and medium peak pulse voltages.

A. R. Ondrejka and P. A. Hudson.

Temperature cofficient of rf permeability measurement using an impedance bridge as an equality indicating device. A. L. Rasmussen.

A test apparatus for the study of forced air-mixing devices. T. K. Faison, J. C. Davis, and P. R. Achenbach.

Volume 70C (Engr. and Instr.), No. 2 (Apr.-June 1966)

Design and statistical procedures for the evaluation of an automatic gamma-ray point-source calibrator. S. B. Garfinkel, W.

B. Mann, and W. J. Youden.

126
Testing of lenses with the wave front reversing interferometer.

K. Muraoka.

Ellipsoidal mirror reflectometer. S. T. Dunn, J. C. Richmond,

and J. A. Wiebelt.

Reference tables for the Pt^30 percent Rh versus Pt-6 percent

Rh thermocouple. G. W. Burns and J. S. Gallagher.

Coaxial power meter calibration using a waveguide standard.

G. F. Engen.

A note on the numerical evaluation of thermal radiation characteristics of diffuse cylindrical and conical cavities. B. A. Peavy.

Absolute value of g at the National Bureau of Standards. D. R.

Tate. Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 69D, No. 7 (July

1965)

International comparison of atomic frequency standards via VLF

radio signals. A. H. Morgan, E. L. Crow, and B. E. Blair.

Control of WWV and WWVH standard frequency broadcasts by

VLF and LF signals. B. E. Blair and A. H. Morgan.

Measurements of the total electron content and the equivalent slab

thickness of the midlatitude ionosphere. R. V. Bhonsle, A. V.

da Rosa, and 0. K. Garriott.

D-region absorption at 10 and 15 Mc/s during the total solar

eclipse of 20 July 1963. G. M. Lerfald, J. K. Hargreaves, and

J. M. Watts.

Effect of the eclipse of 20 July 1963 on VLF signals propagating

over short paths. J. H. Crary and D. E. Schneible.

A comparison of radar auroral reflection data with acoustic wave

theory. Ray L. Leadabrand.

Electromagnetic properties of a plasma covered antenna. D. J. Jacavanco.

Influence of an inhomogeneous ground on the propagation of VLF

radio waves in the earth-ionosphere waveguide. J. R. Wait.

Aspects of the terrestrial ELF noise spectrum when near the source or its antipode. L. G. Abraham, Jr. Analysis of linear arrays focused in the Fresnel region. P. P. Lombardini, R. Doviak, and J. Goldhirsh.

Theory of coil antennas. T. Padhi.

Small prolate spheroidal antenna in a dissipative medium. R. H.

Williams, R. D. Kelly, and W. T. Cowan.

Calculated curves for groundwave propagation over inhomogeneous earth with pronounced topographical features. K. Furutsu.

127
Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 69D8 (Aug.

1965)

"Ultra Low Frequency Electromagnetic Fields" Papers

Preface to "Ultra Low Frequency Electromagnetic Fields" Papers. W. H. Campbell and S. Matsushita.

Solar wind and its interaction with the magnetosphere. C. P. Sonett.

Schumann resonances. J. Galejs.

Earth-ionosphere cavity resonances and the propagation of ELF

radio waves. J. R. Wait.

Resonances of the earth-ionosphere cavity observed at Cambridge,

England. M. J. Rycroft.

Experimental results on the dynamics of the F region. W.

Becker, R. Riister, and J. Klostermeyer.

Regular oscillations near 1 c/s observed at middle and low lati- tudes. L. Tepley.

Preliminary results of a micropulsation experiment at conjugate

points. R. E. Gendrin and V. A. Troitskaya.

Some characteristics of geomagnetic pulsations at frequencies near 1 c/s. W. H. Campbell and E. C. Stiltner.

Propagation of hydromagnetic waves in the magnetosphere. M.

Sugiura.

Ionospheric perturbation (the roles played by the ionosphere in

geomagnetic pulsations). S. Matsushita.

Effects of induced earth currents on low-frequency electromagnetic oscillations. A. T. Price.

Equatorial effects. R. Hutton.

Interpretation of early magnetic transients caused by high-altitude nuclear detonations. S. L. Kahalas and P. Newman.

Abstracts of ULF Conference papers not published in this issue.

Regular Contributions

A note on the application of pulse compression techniques to ionospheric sounding. D. C. Coll and J. R. Storey.

Comments on a paper "Measurement of the phase velocity of VLF

propagation in the earth ionosphere waveguide" by F. K. Steele

and C. J. Chilton. H. F. Bates.

Reply to H. F. Bates' Comments. F. K. Steele and C. J. Chilton.

Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 69D9 (Sept.

1965)

Ground-based passive probing using the microwave spectrum of

oxygen. E. R. Westwater.

Response of NBS microwave refractometer cavities to atmospheric variations. R. 0. Gilmer, R. E. McGavin, and B. R. Bean.

128
Effects of rocket outgassing on RF experiments. W. Pfister and

J. C. Ulwick.

Further analysis of propagation of plasma waves in a "spokewheel" magnetic field. R. R. Gold.

Measurement of group velocity of 17.8-kc/s VLF radio waves. W. D. Westfall.

On the radio noise level at low and very low frequencies in polar

regions. T. Stockflet Jorgensen.

Experimental study on the circular loop antenna immersed shallowly in a conducting medium. Keigo Iizuka.

Directivity of uniformly spaced optimum endfire arrays with

equal side-lobes. M. T. Ma.

Extension of Fock theory for currents in the penumbra region.

V. H. Weston.

Isometric-circle interpretation of bilinear transformation and its application to VSWR minimization. J. G. Rudolph and D. K.

Cheng.

Magneto-ionic propagation in inhomogeneous media. Part I. Transverse propagation. B. K. Banerjea.

Magneto-ionic propagation in inhomogeneous media. Part II. Oblique propagation. B. K. Banerjea.

Editorial comment on the scientific papers of Lord Rayleigh (John

William Strutt) . J. R. Wait.

Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC, Vol. 69D10 (Oct. 1965)

Irreversible power and radiation resistance of antennas in anisotropic ionized gases. K. S. H. Lee and C. H. Papas.

Scattering resonances of a cylindrical plasma. W. M. Leavens.

Radiation patterns from plasma enclosed cylindrical hypersonic

vehicles. J. H. Harris, A. T. Villeneuve, and L. A. Broca.

The Schumann resonances. P. K. Cole, Jr. Atmospheric radio noise bursts in the LF band at Bangalore. S. V. C. Aiya and K. N. Lakshminarayan.

Influence of finite ground conductivity on the propagation of VLF

radio waves. J. R. Wait and K. P. Spies.

Model experiments on propagation of groundwaves across an

abrupt boundary at perpendicular incidence. R. J. King and

S. W. Maley.

Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC, Vol. 69D11 (Nov. 1965)

Propagation of pulses in dispersive media. J. R. Wait.

An anisotropic electron velocity distribution for the cyclotron absorption of whistlers and VLF emissions. H. Guthart.

Nose whistler dispersion as a measure of magnetosphere electron

temperature. H. Guthart.

Interference rejection capability of a switched radiometer. R. E.

Clapp.

129
Atmospheric breakdown limitations to optical maser propagation.

R. G. Tomlinson.

Phase steps and amplitude fading of VLF signals at dawn and

dusk. D. Walker.

Propagation in a model terrestrial waveguide of nonuniform

height : theory and experiment. E. Bahar and J. R. Wait.

Comments on H. Volland's "Remarks on Austin's Formula." J. R. Wait.

The path integrals of LF/VLF wave hop theory. L. A. Berry

and M. E. Chrisman.

Reactive loading of arbitrarily illuminated cylinders to minimize

microwave backscatter. K-M Chen.

On the statistical theory of electromagnetic waves in a fluctuating

medium (II). Mathematical basis of the analogies to quantum

field theory (a digest). K. Furutsu.

Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 69D12 (Dec.

1965)

Symposium on Planetary Atmospheres and Surfaces, May 1965:

I Session: Jupiter, as observed at long radio waves.

II Session: Jupiter, as observed at short radio waves.

III Session: Passive radio observations of Venus, Saturn,

Mercury, Mars, and Uranus.

IV Session: Passive radio observations of the Moon.

V Session: Radar observations of the planets.

VI Session: Radar observations of the Moon.

Some highlights of the URSI symposium on electromagnetic wave

theory held in Delft, The Netherlands, September 6-11, 1965.

J. R. Wait.

Technical News Bulletin. This monthly publication summarizes the current research, development, and test activities of the

Bureau. The articles are brief, with emphasis on the results of

research and their significance, chosen for their importance to other scientists, engineers, and to industry. Resumes of longer

research reports, important national and international confer- ences on fundamental science in which the Bureau has represented the Nation, and bibliography of all publications by members

of the staff as published are included. The Bulletin is designed to give a succinct account of the current work of the Bureau. (Annual subscription: domestic, $1.50; foreign, $2.25.)

Monographs. These are usually contributions to the technical

literature which are too lengthy for publication in the Journal of

Research. They often provide extensive compilations of informa130
tion on subjects related to the Bureau's technical program. Until

July 1959 most of this type of material was published in the

Circular series.

25. Section 4. Standard x-ray diffraction powder patterns. H. E.

Swanson, M. C. Morris, and E. H. Evans. June 28, 1966.

55 cents.

82. Microwave impedance measurements and standards, R. W.

Beatty. August 12, 1965. 20 cents.

87. Oxidation of polycyclic, aromatic hydrocarbons. A review

of the literature, R. S. Tipson. Sept. 17, 1965. 40 cents.

92. Radio meteorology, B. R. Bean and E. J. Dutton. March 1, 1966. $2.75.

93. Spot diagrams for the prediction of lens performance from

design data, 0. N. Stavroudis and L. E. Sutton. September 7, 1965. 75 cents.

94. Thermodynamic and related properties of parahydrogen from

the triple point to 100 °K at pressures to 340 atmospheres, H.

M. Roder, L. A. Weber, and R. D. Goodwin. August 10, 1965.

75 cents.

95. A table of radiation characteristics for uniformly spaced optimum endfire arrays with equal sidelobes, M. T. Ma and D. C. Hyovalti. December 10, 1965. 45 cents. Handbooks. These are recommended codes of engineering and

industrial practices, including safety codes, developed in cooperation with the national organizations and others concerned. In many cases the recommended requirements are given official status through their incorporation in local ordinances by State and

municipal regulatory bodies.

44. 3d edition. Specifications, tolerances, and other technical re- quirements for commercial weighing and measuring devices.

October 12, 1965. (Supersedes Handbook 44, 2d edition.)

$2.00.

100. Copper wire tables. February 21, 1966. (Supersides Cir.

31.) 50 cents. 101. OMNITAB. A computer program for statistical and numerical analysis, J. Hilsenrath, G. G. Ziegler, C. G. Messina, P.

J. Walsh and R. J. Herbold. March 4, 1966. $3.00.

National Standard Refereyice Data Series. NSRDS provides

quantitative data on the physical and chemical properties of materials, compiled from the world's literature and critically evaluated.

Reports will fall into eight categories: general; nuclear properties ; atomic and molecular properties ; solid state properties ; thermodynamic and transport properties; chemical kinetics; colloid

and surface properties ; and mechanical properties of materials.

131
4. Vol. I. Atomic transition probabilities. Hydrogen through

neon, W. L. Wiese, M. W. Smith, and B. W. Glennon. May 20,

1966. $2.50.

Miscellaneous Publications. As the name implies, this series

includes material which, because of its character or because of its size, does not fit into any of the other regular publication series.

Some of these are charts, administrative pamphlets, Annual Reports, Weights and Measures Conference Reports, and other subjects appropriate to the Miscellaneous series.

236. NBS standard frequency and time services, 1966 edition.

(1966). (Supersedes previous editions) . 15 cents. 250. Calibration and test services of the National Bureau of

Standards. 1965 Edition. Oct. 28, 1965. (Supersedes 1963

edition.) $1.00.

260. Standard Reference Materials: Catalog and price list of

standard materials issued by the National Bureau of Standards.

October 1, 1965. 45 cents. 260-6. Standard Reference Materials : Methods for the chemical

analysis of white cast iron standards, J. I. Shultz. July 16,

1965. 45 cents. 260-7. Standard Reference Materials: Methods for the chemical

analysis of NBS copper-base spectrochemical standards, R. K.

Bell. October 25, 1965. 60 cents. 260-8. Standard Reference Materials: Analysis of uranium con- centrates at the National Bureau of Standards, M. S. Richmond.

December 1, 1965. 55 cents. 260-9. Standard Reference Materials: Half lives of materials

used in the preparation of standard reference materials of nineteen radioactive nuclides issued by the NBS, S. C. Anspach,

L. M. Cavallo, S. B. Garfinkel, J. M. R. Hutchinson, and C. N.

Smith. November 15, 1965. 15 cents. 260-10. Standard Reference Materials: Homogeneity characterization of NBS spectrometric standards II : Cartridge brass and

low-alloy steel, H. Yakowitz, D. L. Vieth, K. F. J. Heinrich, and

R. E. Michaelis. December 14, 1965. 30 cents. 269. Statistical association methods for mechanized documentation. Symposium Proceedings Washington 1964, M. E. Stevens,

V. E. Giuliano, and L. B. Heilprin. December 15, 1965. $2.75.

270. Hydraulic research in the United States 1965, Ed. H. K.

Middleton. July 22, 1965. $1.25.

271. Guide to instrumentation literature, J. F. Smith and W. G. Brombacher. July 7, 1965. (Supersedes Cir. 567.) $1.25.

272. Report of the 50th National Conference on weights and

measures 1965. April 1, 1966.

132
275. Measures for progress. A History of the National Bureau

of Standards, R. C. Cochrane. 1966. $5.25.

276. Cooperation, convertibility, and compatibility among information systems: A literature review, M. M. Henderson, J. S. Moats, M. E. Stevens, and S. B. Newman. June 15, 1966.

$2.00.

277. Photonuclear data index. April 1, 1966. 55 cents. 278. Bibliography on atomic transition probabilities, B. W. Glen- non and W. L. Wiese. April 22, 1966. (Supersedes Mono. 50.)

55 cents. 279. Technical highlights of the National Bureau of Standards,

Annual Report 1965. May 1966. 65 cents.

Building Science Series. Research results, test methods, and

performance criteria of building materials, components, systems,

and structures.

2. Interrelations between cement and concrete properties, Part 1. Materials, techniques, water requirements and trace elements,

R. L. Blaine, H. T. Arni, B. E. Foster, et al., August 20, 1965.

35 cents.

3. Doors as barriers to fire and smoke, H. Shoub and D. Gross.

March 25, 1966. 15 cents.

4. Weather resistance of porcelain enamels. Effect of exposure

site and other variables after seven years, M. A. Rushmer and

M. D. Burdick. May 2, 1966. 20 cents.

6. Some properties of the calcium aluminoferrite hydrates, E. T. Carlson. June 1, 1966. 20 cents. Commercial Standards. Define quality levels for products in

accordance with the principal needs of the trade. Their use is voluntary.

46-65. Hosiery lengths and sizes excluding women's. December

31, 1965. Supersedes (CS46-49.) 15 cents. 142-65. Automotive lifts. September 1, 1965. (Supersedes

CS142-62.) 10 cents. 236-66. Mat-formed wood particleboard. April 15, 1966. (Supersedes CS236-61.) 10 cents. 259-63. Southern pine plywood. November 15, 1963. (As

amended thru February 1, 1966.) 15 cents. 270-65. Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) plastic drain,

waste, and vent pipe and fittings. April 1, 1965. 15 cents. 272-65. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic drain, waste, and vent

pipe and fittings. April 1, 1065. 15 cents. 273-65. Expanded vinyl fabrics for furniture upholstery use. December 31, 1965. 10 cents.

133
274-66. TFE-Fluorocarbon (polytetrafluoroethylene) resin sintered thin coatings for dry film lubrication. January 20, 1966.

10 cents.

Simplified Practice Recommendations. List staple sizes, kinds,

types, and applicable methods for certain commodies produced

and stocked in greatest quantity, to aid in holding variety to a minimum. Their use is voluntary.

267-65. Standard stock sizes of machined tool steel bars (flats

and squares). August 15, 1965. 10 cents. Technical Note Series. This series was initiated in 1959 to supplement the Bureau's regular publications program. Technical Notes provide a means for making available scientific data

that are of transient or limited interest.

18-22. Quarterly radio noise data March, April, May, 1964, W. Q.

Crichlow, R. T. Disney, and M. A. Jenkins. August 2, 1965.

50 cents. 18-23. Quarterly radio noise data June, July, August, 1964, W. Q.

Crichlow, R. T. Disney, and M. A. Jenkins. November 20, 1965.

50 cents. 18-24. Quarterly radio noise data September, October, November,

1964, W. Q. Crichlow, R. T. Disney, and M. A. Jenkins. February 10, 1966. (Formerly the Central Radio Propagation

Laboratory of the National Bureau of Standards, now Environmental Science Services Administration, Boulder, Colorado.)

50 cents. 18-25. Quarterly radio noise data. December, January, February 1964-65, W. . Crichlow, R. T. Disney, and M. A. Jenkins.

March 14, 1966. (Formerly the Central Radio Propagation

Laboratory of the National Bureau of Standards, now Environmental Science Services Administration, Boulder, Colorado.)

40 cents. 18-26. Quarterly radio noise data March, April, May 1965, W. Q.

Crichlow, R. T. Disney, and M. A. Jenkins. May 2, 1966.

(Formerly the Central Radio Propagation Laboratory of the

National Bureau of Standards, now Environmental Science

Services Administration, Boulder, Colorado.) 45 cents. 255. PLACEBO IV. Rules, concordance, sample computer generation, W. C. Watt. March 9, 1965. 45 cents. 262. Accuracy in measurements and calibrations, 1965, W. A.

Wildhack, R. C. Powell, and H. L. Mason. June 15, 1965.

$1.00.

262-A. Accuracy in electrical and radio measurements and cali134
brations, 1965, Ed. R. C. Powell. June 15, 1965. 50 cents. 263. Disclosures on a precipitation indicator, moisture detector,

vacuum ball valve, film strip printer, normal incidence interferometer, color sorter, and coaxial T, Ed. D. Robbins and

A. J. Englert. June 18, 1965. 25 cents. 264. HAYSTAQ. A mechanized system for searching chemical

information, E. C. Marden. Sept. 27, 1965. 50 cents. 265. Tabulation of published data on soviet electron devices

through June 1965, C. P. Marsden. Oct. 1, 1965. 50 cents. 266. Voltage ratio detector for millivolt signals, J. R. Houghton.

Dec. 13, 1965. 15 cents. 267. Procedures for precise determination of thermal radiation

properties, November 1963 to October 1964, J. C. Richmond,

S. T. Dunn, D. P. DeWitt, and W. D. Hayes, Jr. Dec. 17, 1965.

45 cents. 268. Transistorized building blocks for data instrumentation,

P. G. Stein. May 28, 1966.

269. Earth's field static calibrator for accelerometers, P. S. Lederer and J. S. Hilten. Feb. 1, 1966. 20 cents. 270-1. Selected values of chemical thermodynamic properties.

Part 1. Tables for the first twenty-three elements in the standard order of arrangement, D. D. Wagman, W. H. Evans, I. Halow, V. B. Parker, S. M. Bailey, and R. H. Schumm, NBS

Tech. Note 270-1 Oct. 1, 1965. Supersedes NBS Cir. 500.

65 cents. 270-2. Selected values of chemical thermodynamic properties.

Part 2. Tables for the elements twenty-three through thirtytwo in the standard order of arrangements, D. D. Wagman,

W. H. Evans, I. Halow, V. B. Parker, S. M. Bailey, and R. H.

Schumm. May 6, 1966. Supersedes NBS Circ. 500. 40 cents. 271. Electrochemical analysis: Studies of acids, bases, and salts by EMF conductance, optical and kinetic methods July 1964 to June 1965, Ed. R. G. Bates. Sept. 6, 1965. 60 cents. 272. Spectrochemical analysis : Optical spectrometry, x-ray flu- orescence spectrometry, and electron probe microanalysis techniques July 1964 to June 1965, Ed. B. F. Scribner. Oct. 21,

e j 1965. 50 cents.

e 273. Analysis and purification: Summary of activities July 1964

to June 1965, Ed. J. K. Taylor. Oct. 1, 1965. 50 cents.

i- 274. Organic chemistry: Radioactive carbohydrates, sugars in

solution, aldol condensations, molecular structure, synthesis of

I selected compounds, air pollution studies, reference materials

5. (organic) , July 1964 to June 1965, Ed. H. S. Isbell. Dec. 3, 1965. 60 cents.

li- 275. Quantitative separations: Titrimetry, gravimetry, flame

135
photometry, spectrophotometry, gas evolution and isotopic preparations, July 1964 to June 1965, Ed. 0. Menis. December 27,

1965. 50 cents. 276. Radiochemical analysis : Activation analysis, instrumentation, radiation techniques, and radioisotope techniques, July

1964 to June 1965, Ed. J. R. DeVoe. Jan. 7, 1966. $1.00.

279. Flux averaging devices for the infrared, S. T. Dunn. Dec.

9, 1965. 30 cents. 280. A peak ac-dc voltage comparator for use in a standards

laboratory, L. A. Marzetta. Jan. 17, 1966. 25 cents. 281. Materials for PLACEBO V, W. C. Watt. Jan. 17, 1966.

50 cents. 282. Keypunch controls for string-punching of statistical data,

M. J. Brennan. Feb. 11, 1966. 25 cents. 283. Nuclear and radiation standards of importance to the National Atomic Energy Program, H. W. Koch, J. H. Donnert, W.

W. Havens, Jr., G. L. Rogosa, and L. Rosen. March 31, 1966.

35 cents. 284. An outline for cooperative action on the determination of

x-ray mass attenuation coefficients in the wavelength range

from 0.5 to 100 A (25 to 0.12 keV) , K. F. J. Heinrich. Feb. 21,

1966. 15 cents. 285. File organization for a large chemical information system,

R. Anderson, E. Marden, and B. Marron. April 18, 1966. 25

cents. 286. Spark source mass spectrograph program July 1964 to June

1965, P. J. Paulsen and P. E. Branch. April 15, 1966. 25

cents. 287. Disclosures on magnetic tape handler focus detector, multipen recorder, signal averaging filter, electrostitic RMS volt- meter, back-up ring for o-rings, and low temperature solid state thermometer, Ed. D. Robbins and A. J. Englert. April 8, 1966.

25 cents. 288. Measurement philosophy of the pilot program for mass cali- bration, P. E. Pontius. May 6, 1966. 30 cents. 289. Status report. National Standard Reference Data System

April 1966, Ed. E. L. Brady. June 1, 1966. 50 cents. 291. A bibliography on ion-molecule reactions. January 1900 to March 1966, F. N. Harllee, H. M. Rosenstock, and J. T. Herron.

June 28, 1966. 30 cents. 311. Computation of the permeability and permittivity of a rela- tively small ring sample in a toroidal coil, E. G. Johnson, Jr. January 25, 1966. 30 cents. 315. A method for obtaining the parameters of electron-density

profiles from topside ionograms, R. S. Lawrence and M. Hallenbeck. August 3, 1965. 25 cents.

T36
316. Solubility of solids in dense gases, J. M. Prausnitz. July

1965. 35 cents. 317. Boiling heat transfer for oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen, and

helium, E. G. Brentari, P. J. Giarratano, and R. V. Smith.

September 20, 1965. 60 cents. 318. A numerical representation of CCIR report 322 high frequency (3-30 MC/S) atmospheric radio noise data, D. L. Lucas

and J. D. Harper, Jr. August 5, 1965. 55 cents. 319. Numerical values of the path integrals for low and very low

frequencies, L. A. Berry and M. E. Chrisman. September 2,

1965. 55 cents. 321. Spark planning damage in copper, J. J. Gniewek, A. F. Clark, and J. C. Moulder. September 6, 1965. 15 cents. 322. Surface tensions of normal and para hydrogen, R. J. Corruccini. August 11, 1965. 20 cents. 323. Refractive index and dispersion of liquid hydrogen, R. J. Corruccini. September 24, 1965. 25 cents. 324. Interference predictions for the instrument landing system,

G. D. Gierhart and M. E. Johnson. September 1965. 30 cents. 325. Numerical simulation of ionospheric wave interaction experiments, T. M. Georges. (Formerly the Central Radio Propagation Laboratory of the National Bureau of Standards, now Environmental Science Services Administration, Boulder, Colorado.) October 25, 1965. 30 cents. 326. An atlas of solar flare effects in the ionosphere observed

with a high-frequency Doppler technique September 1960-

December 1962, D. M. Baker. 60 cents. 327. Significance of dimensionality in the spin wave theory of

ferromagnetism, H. Unruh, Jr. April 19, 1966. 20 cents

328. Some properties of the eigenfunctions and eigenvalues in- troduced by Bethe for the linear chain of atoms, H. Unruh, Jr. April 19, 1966. 25 cents. 329. The seasonal variation of nightglow Nal 5890-96A, (01)

5577 A and (01) 6300 A in the tropics, L. L. Smith and R. W.

Owen. January 10, 1966. ( Formerly the Central Radio Propagation Laboratory of the National Bureau of Standards now

the Environmental Science Services Administration, Boulder,

Colorado.) 35 cents. 330. Computations of the antenna cut-back factor for LF radio

waves, D. C. Hyovalti. November 26, 1965. (Formerly the

Central Radio Propagation Laboratory of the National Bureau

of Standards now the Environmental Science Services Administration, Boulder, Colorado.) 30 cents. 331. A 100 KW 2-25 Mc/s distributed amplifier, designed for use with 10 KW ionospheric sounders, W. B. Harding, M. W.

Woodward, and J. C. Carroll. February 15, 1966. (Formerly

137
the Central Radio Propagation Laboratory of the National Burea of Standards now the Environmental Science Services

Administration, Boulder, Colorado.) 20 cents. 332. Carbon dioxide spectral line positions and intensities cal- culated for the 2.05 and 2.7 micron regions, R. F. Calfee and

W. S. Benedict. March 15, 1966. 60 cents. 333. The viscosity and thermal conductivity coefficients of dilute

argon between 100 and 2000 °K, H. J. M. Hanley. March 11,

1966. 25 cents. 334. (PB173291) An introduction to sampled data and switching logic, T. L. Davis. April 1, 1966. (Formerly Central

Radio Propagation Laboratory of the National Bureau of

Standards, now Environmental Science Services Administration, Boulder, Colorado.) $3.00.

335. Zonal harmonics in low frequency terrestrial radio wave

propagation, J. R. Johler. April 13, 1966. (Formerly the

Central Radio Propagation Laboratory of the National Bureau

of Standards, now the Environmental Science Services Administration, Boulder, Colorado.) 25 cents. 336. Calculation of the admittance of a parallel plate capacitor

containing a toroid-shaped sample, E. G. Johnson, Jr. April

21, 1966. 30 cents. 337. Advances in ionospheric mapping by numerical methods,

W. B. Jones, R. P. Graham, and M. Leftin. May 12, 1966

(Formerly the Central Radio Propagation Laboratory of the

National Bureau of Standards, now the Environmental Science

Services Administration, Boulder, Colorado.) 45 cents. 339. Observed phase-front distortion in simulated earth-to-space

microwave transmission, H. B. Janes and M. C. Thompson, Jr. May 12, 1966. (Formerly the Central Radio Propagation

Laboratory of the National Bureau of Standards, now the

Environmental Science Services Administration, Boulder, Colorado.) 50 cents. 341. The long-term performance of two rubidium vapor frequency standards, B. E. Blair and A. H. Morgan. June 22,

1966. 25 cents. 342. Hydromagnetic wave propagation near lc/s in the upper

atmosphere and the properties and interpretation of Pc 1 micropulsations, J. A. Dawson. June 30, 1966. (Formerly

the Central Radio Propagation Laboratory of the National

Bureau of Standards, now the Environmental Science Services

Administration, Boulder, Colorado.) 40 cents.

138
PUBLICATIONS IN OUTSIDE JOURNALS

Abramowitz, S., Comeford, J. J., Fermi resonance in condensed

CF4 and CC14 , Spectrochim. Acta 21, 1479-1486 (1965).

Abramowitz, S., Levin, I. W., Force fields for some group VI hexafluorides, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 9, 3353-3356 (May 1, 1966).

Abramowitz, S., Levin, I. W., Methods of determining coriolis c constants, J. Mol. Spectry. 19, No. 4, 461-462 (Apr. 1, 1966).

Achenbach, P. R., Davis, J. C, Condensate collection as a measuring technique for studying the cooling capacity of air-conditioning units, (Proc. XI Intern. Congress of Refrigeration,

Munich, Germany, 1963), Book, Progress in Refrigeration

Science and Technology II, 1281-1286 (Pergamon Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1963).

Achenbach, P. R., Phillips, C. W., Laboratory study of the effect of solar radiation on cooling load of stationary refrigerated

vehicles, (Proc. XI Intern. Congress of Refrigeration, Munich,

Germany, 1963), Book, Progress in Refrigeration Science and

Technology III, 1631-1635 (Pergamon Press Inc., New York,

N. Y., 1963).

Achenbach, P. R., Phillips, C. W., Penney, R. W., Measuring the

cooling load of refrigerated vehicles by free evaporation of

liquid nitrogen, Suppl Bull. Intern. Inst. Refrigeration Comm.

VII, 3, 115-124 (Aug. 1965).

Achenbach, P. R., Phillips, C. W., Smith, W. T., Heating performance of air-to-air heat pumps at two Air Force projects,

ASHRAE J. 70, 390-407 (1964).

Allan, D. W., Statistics of atomic frequency standards, Proc. IEEE 54, No. 2, 221-230 (Feb. 1966).

Alspach, W. J., Flynn, T. M., Considerations when using turbinetype flowmeters in cryogenic services, (Proc. 1964 Cryogenic

Engineering Conf., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia,

Pa., Aug. 18-24, 1964), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering, Paper F-3, 10, 246-252 (Plenum Press Inc., New York,

N. Y., 1965).

Andrews, D. H., LF-VLF frequency and time services of the

r National Bureau of Standards, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IMi 14, No. 4, 233-237 (Dec. 1965).

y Andrews, D. H., Standard frequency and time services of the

National Bureau of Standards, Frequency 3, No. 6, 30-35 (Nov.-

»s Dec. 1965).

Arms, R. J., Hama, F. R., Localized-introduction concept on a curved vortex and motion of an elliptic vortex ring, Phys.

Fluids 8, No. 4, 553-559 (Apr. 1965).

Armstrong, G. T., Combustion and reaction calorimetry of several

compounds of interest in a ligh element program, Proc. 3d

139
Meeting Interagency Chemical Rocket Propulsion Group, Working Group on Thermochemistry, El Segundo, Calif., Mar. 17-18,

1965, I, No. 82U, 81-88 (Chemical Propulsion Information

Agency, Silver Spring, Md., July 1965).

Armstrong, G. T., Domalski, E. S., The determination of heats of

formation of refractory compounds, Proc. 4th Meeting Inter- agency Chemical Rocket Propulsion Group, Working Group on Thermochemistry, Kennedy Space Flight Center, Fla., I, No.

108, 15 (Chemical Propulsion Information Agency, Silver

Spring, Md., June 1966).

Arnett, R. W., Millhiser, D. R., A theoretical model for predicting

thermal stratification and self pressurization of a fluid container, Proc. Conf. Propellant Tank Pressurization and Stratification, NASA, George C. Marshall Flight Center, Huntsville,

Ala., Jan. 20-21, 1965, 2, 1-16 (1965).

Arni, H. T., Resistance to weathering, Am. Soc. Testing Mater.

Spec. Tech. Publ. 169A, Significance of Tests of Concrete and

Concrete Making Materials, pp. 261-274 (1966).

Arp, V., Cryogenic coil for megajoule energy storage, Proc.

Intern. Symp. Magnet Technology, ed. H. Brechna and H. S. Gordon, pp. 625-629 (U. S. Atomic Energy Commission, Washington, D. C, 1965).

Arp, V. D., Collier, R. S., Kamper, R. A., Meissner, H., One dimensional solutions of the Ginzburg-Landau equations for thin

superconducting films, Phys. Rev. 145, No. 1, 231-236 (May

6, 1966).

Arthur, M. G., Allred, C. M., Cannon, M. K., A precision noisecomparator, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-13, No. 4, 301-305

(Dec. 1964).

Ashley, A., Douglas, C. A., Can infrared improve visibility

through fog? Ilium. Eng. 61, No. 4, 243-250 (Apr. 1966).

Ausloos, P., Lias, S. G., H2 -transfer reactions in the gas-phase

radiolysis of hydrocarbons, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 1, 127-135

(July 1, 1965).

Ausloos, P., Lias, S. G., H2 S as a free-radical interceptor in the

gas-phase radiolysis and photolysis of propane, J. Chem. Phys.

44, No. 2, 521-529 (Jan. 1966).

Ausloos, P., Lias, S. G., Proton transfer reactions occurring in the

gas-phase radiolysis, Discussion Faraday Soc. 39, 36-44 (1965).

Ausloos, P., Scala, A. A., Lias, S. G., Ion-molecule reaction in the

liquid and solid phase radiolysis of hydrocarbon mixtures, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 88, 1583-1584 (1966).

Bailey, D. K., Pomerantz, M. A., Relativistic electron precipitation into the mesophere at subauroral latitudes, J. Geophys.

Res. 70, No. 23, 5823-5830 (Dec. 1, 1965).

Balsley, B. B., Some additional features of radar returns from

140
the equatorial electrojet, J. Geophys. Res. 70, No. 13, 3175-3182

(July 1965).

Barber, D. J., Crystal imperfections in magnesium fluoride, J. Appl. Phys. 36, No. 10, 3342-3349 (Oct. 1965).

Barber, D. J., Recrystallization of anodic alumina films, J. Electrochem Soc. 112, No. 11, 1143-1145 (Nov. 1965).

Barber, D. J., Farabaugh, E. N., Dislocations and stacking faults

in rutile crystals grown in flame-fusion methods, J. Appl. Phys.

36, No. 9, 2803-2806 (Sept. 1965).

Barbrow, L. E., Photometry, Encyclopedia of Physics, pp. 516-

519 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y., 1966).

Barger, R. L., Broida, H. P., Spectra of C2 in solidified gases at 4° and 20° K, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 7, 2371-2376 (Oct. 1, 1965).

Barger, R. L., Broida, H. P., Spectra of C3 in solidified gases at 4° and 20° K, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 7, 2364-2370 (Oct. 1, 1965).

Barnes, J. A., Atomic timekeeping and the statistics of precision

signal generators, Proc. IEEE 54, No. 2, 207-220 (Feb. 1966)

.

Barnes, J. A., Allan, D. W., A statistical model of flicker noise, Proc. IEEE 54, No. 2, 176-178 (Feb. 1966).

Barnes, J. A., Allan, D. W., Effects of long-term stability on the

definition and measurement of short-term stability, Proc. IEEENASA Symp. Definition and Measurement of Short-term Frequency Stability, Natl. Aeronaut. Space Admin. Spec. Publ. 80, pp. 119-123 (Nov. 23-24, 1964).

Barnes, J. A., Andrews, D. H., Allan, D. W., The NBS-A time

scale—its generation and dissemination, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-14, No. 4, 228-232 (Dec. 1965).

Barnes, J. A., Mockler, R. C, The NBS time scale and its relation

to other time scales, (Proc. XIV General Assembly of URSI,

Tokyo, Japan, 1963), Book, Progress in Radio Science 1960-

1963, Vol. I. Radio Standards and Measurements, ed. R. W.

Beatty, pp. 41 (Elsevier Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1965).

Barnes, J. A., Wainwright, A., A precision pulse-operated elec- tronic phase shifter and frequency translator, Proc. IEEE 53,

No. 12, 2143-2144 (Dec. 1965).

Bartky, I. R., Bass, A. M., Rotating shutter for time resolved

spectroscopy in the microsecond range, Appl. Opt. 4, No. 10,

1353-1356 (Oct. 1965).

Bates, R. G., Acids, bases, and buffers, (Proc. Symp. Current

Concepts of Acid-Base Measurements, New York Academy of

Sciences, New York, N. Y., Nov. 23, 1964), Ann. N. Y. Acad.

Sci. 133, Art. 1, 25-33 (1966).

Bates, R. G., Electrometric methods of pH determination, Book,

141
Standard Methods of Chemical Analysis, 6th Edition, IIIA. Instrumental Analysis, ed. F. J. Welcher, Chapt. 26, pp. 521-

532 (D. VanNostrand Co., Inc., Princeton, N. J., 1966).

Bates, R. G., Robinson, R. A., Conway, B. E., Barradas, R. G.,

Acid-base behavior in methanol-water solvents, (Proc. Intern. Symp. Electrochemical Society, Toronto, Canada, May 4-6,

1964), Book, Chemical Physics of Ionic Solutions, Chapt. 12, pp. 211-235 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1966).

Beatty, R. W., Message from outgoing Editor, IEEE Trans.

Microwave Theory Tech. 14, No. 4, 170 (Apr. 1966).

Beatty, R. W., The system of electromagnetic quantities at frequencies above 1 GHz, Metrologia 2, No. 1, 46-54 (Jan. 1966).

Beaty, E. C, Browne, J. C, Dalgarno, A., Ion mobilities in helium,

Phys. Rev. Letters 16, No. 17, 723-724 (Apr. 1966).

Becker, D. A., Smith, G. W., Determination of trace amounts of

tellurium in standard reference materials by neutron-activation

analysis, Proc. 1965 Intern. Conf. Modern Trends in Activation

Analysis, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas, pp. 230-235 (Apr. 1965).

Beehler, R. E., Glaze, D. J., Evaluation of a thallium atomic beam

frequency standard at the National Bureau of Standards, IEEE

Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-15, No. 1&2, 55 (Mar.-June 1966).

Beehler, R. E., Glaze, D. J., The performance and capability of

cesium beam frequency standards at the National Bureau of

Standards, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-15, No. 1&2, 48 (Mar.-

June 1966).

Beehler, R. E., Halford, D., Harrach, R., Allan, D., Glaze, D.,

Snider, C, Barnes, J., Vessot, R., Peters, H., Vanier, J., An in- tercomparison of atomic standards, Proc. IEEE 54, No. 2, 301-

302 (Feb. 1966).

Beehler, R. E., Mockler, R. C, Richardson, J. M., Cesium beam

atomic time and frequency standards, Metrolgia 1, No. 3, 114-

131 (July 1965).

Bell, G. D., Paquette, D. R., Wiese, W. L., Relative transition

probabilities for prominent Ni I and Ni II lines in the nearultraviolet, Astrophys. J. 143, No. 2, 559-572 (Feb. 1966).

Bennett, J. A., Effect of reactions with the atmosphere during

fatigue of metals, (Proc. Sagamore Conf. Fatigue, Sagamore,

New York, Aug. 15, 1963), Book, Fatigue: Interdisciplinary

Approach, pp. 209-227 (Syracuse University Press, Syracuse,

N. Y., 1964).

Bennett, L. H., Influence of an external magnetic field on nuclear resonance in ferromagnetic materials, J. Appl. Phys. 37, No. 3, 1242-1243 (Mar. 1, 1966).

Bennett, L. H., Nuclear magnetic resonance in bulk nickel samples, Phil. Mag. 12, No. 115, 213-215 (July 1965).

142
Bennett, L. H., Cotts, R. M., Snodgrass, R. J., Solute nuclear

magnetic resonances in primary lead alloys, (Proc. XIII Colloque Relaxation in Solids), Book, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance

and Relaxation in Solids, Ed. L. V. Gerven, pp. 171-180 (North

Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1965).

Ben-Reuven, A., Impact broadening of microwave spectra, Phys.

Rev. 145, No. 1, 7-22 (May 1966).

Ben-Reuven, A., Symmetry considerations in pressure-broadening theory, Phys. Rev. 141, No. 1, 34-40 (Jan. 1966).

Berger, M. J., Seltzer, S. M., Multiple scattering corrections for

proton range measurements, Natl. Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res. Council

Publ. 1133, No. 5, Studies in Penetration of Charged Particles

in Matter. Nuclear Science Series Report 39, pp. 69-98 (Natl.

Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res. Council, Washington, D. C, 1964).

Berger, M. J., Seltzer, S. M., Results of some recent transport

calculations for electrons and bremsstrahlung, (Proc. 2d Symp.

Protection Against Radiations in Space, Gatlinburg, Tenn., Oct. 12-14, 1964, ed. A. Reetz, Jr.,), Natl. Aeronaut. Space Admin.

Spec. Publ. 71, pp. 437-448 (1965).

Bernstein, B., Kearlsey, K., Zapas, L., Elastic stress-strain rela- tions in perfect elastic fluids, Trans. Soc. Rheol. 9, Pt. I, 27-39

(1965).

Bestul, A. B., Physical significance of the Fulcher equation, Phys.

Chem. Glasses Letter 6, No. 3, 108-110 (June 1965).

Bestul, A. B., Chang, S. S., Limits on calometric residual entropies of glasses, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 12, 4532-4533 (Dec.

15, 1965).

Billick, I. H., The concentration dependence of the sedimentation

coefficient of polystyrene in dilute solution, J. Am. Chem. Soc.

5, No. 2, 855-860 (1964).

Billick, I. H., Bowen, R. J., Application of a high-intensity, multislit Rayleigh interferometer to sedimentation studies, J. Phys.

Chem. 69, No. 11, 4023-4030 (Nov. 1965).

Birmingham, B. W., The world of cryogenics. III. Cryogenics at the National Bureau of Standards Boulder Laboratories, Cryogenics 5, No. 3 121-128 (June 1965).

Blackburn, D. H., Haller, W., Focused-beam electron bombardment evaporator, Rev. Sci. Instr. 36, No. 7, 901-903 (July

1965).

Block, S., Perloff, A., The crystal structure of barium tetraborate

(BaO-2B2 03 ), Acta Cryst. 19, Pt. 3, 297-300 (Sept. 1965).

Blunt, R. F., Optical absorption of cobalt in manganese fluoride,

J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 6, 2317-2320 (Mar. 1966).

Booker, H. G., Little, C. G., Atmospheric research and electromagnetic telecommunication—Part I, IEEE Spectrum 2, No. 8, 44-52 (Aug. 1965).

143
Booker, H. G., Little, C. G., Atmospheric research and electromagnetic telecommunication—Part II, IEEE Spectrum 2, No.

9, 98-103 (Sept. 1965).

Boone, T. H., Floor coverings, Building Construction Handbook,

2d Edition, Ed. F. S. Merritt, Section 13, pp. 13-1—13-8

(McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Botter, R., Dibeler, V. H., Walker, J. A., Rosenstock, H. M., Experimental and theoretical studies of photoionization. Efficiency curves for C2H2 and C2 D2 , J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 3, 1271-1278

(Feb. 1966).

Bowen, R. L., Adhesive bonding of various materials to hard

tooth tissues. I. Method of determining bond strength, J. Dental

Res. 44, No. 4, 690-695 (July-Aug. 1965).

Bowen, R. L., Adhesive bonding of various materials to hard

tooth tissues. II. Bonding to dentin promoted by a surfaceactive comonomer, J. Dental Res. 44, No. 5, 895-902 (Sept.- Oct. 1965).

Bowen, R. L., Adhesive bonding of various materials to hard

tooth tissues. III. Bonding to dentin improved by pretreatment

and the use of a surface-active comonomer, J. Dental Res. 44,

No. 5, 903-905 (Sept.-Oct. 1965).

Bowen, R. L., Adhesive bonding of various materials to hard

tooth tissues. IV. Bonding to dentin, enamel and fluorapatite

improved by the use of a surface-active comonomer, J. Dental

Res. 44, No. 5, 906-911 (Sept.-Oct. 1965).

Bowen, R. L., Adhesive bonding of various materials to hard

tooth tissues. V. The effect of a surface-active comonomer on

adhesion to diverse substrates, J. Dental Res. 44, No. 6, 1369-

1373 (Nov.-Dec. 1965).

Boyne, H. S., Birky, M. M., Schweitzer, W. G., Jr., Dispersion

characteristics of the 1.15/" He-Ne laser line, J. Appl. Phys.

Letters 7, No. 3, 62-65 (Aug. 1, 1965).

Bradley, W. F., Graf, D. L., Roth, R. S., The vaterite-type AB03 rare-earth borates, Acta Cryst. 20, Pt. 2, 283-287 (Feb. 1966).

Brady, G. W., Mclntyre, D., Myers, M. E., Jr., Wims, A. M.,

Critical scattering of the perfluoro-heptane-iso-octane system,

J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 5, 2197-2198 (Mar. 1, 1966).

Branscomb, L. M., Smith, S. J., Tisone, G. C, Oxygen metastable

atom production through photodetachment, J Chem. Phys. 43,

No. 8, 2906-2907 (Oct. 15, 1965).

Brauer, G. M., A review of zinc oxide-eugenol type filling materials and cements, Rev. Beige Med. Dent.—Belg. Tidjds. Tandheelk 20, No. 3, 323-364 (1965).

Brauer, G. M., Dental applications of polymers: a review, J. Am.

Dental Assoc. 72, 1151-1158 (May 1966).

Brauer, G. M., Kline, G. M., Chemical analysis, Encyclopedia of

144
Polymer and Technology 3, 633-665 (John Wiley and Sons

Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Brenner, A., Electrodeposition of alloys, past, present, and future,

Plating 52, 1249-1257 (Dec. 1965),

Brenner, F. C, The mechanics of durable press, J. Apparel Res.

Found. 1, No. 2, 5-9 (Mar. 1966).

Brentari, E. G., Smith, R. V., Nucleate and film pool boiling design correlations for 02 , N>, H2 , and He, (Proc. 1964 Cryogenic

Engineering Conf., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia,

Pa., Aug. 18-24, 1964), Book, International Advances in Cryogenic Engineering, Paper T-l, 10, 325-341 (Plenum Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Broberg, J. B., Modular hardware for on-line handling of nuclear

data, IEEE Trans. Nuclear Sci. NS-13, No. 1, 192-198 (Feb.

1966).

Broida, H. P., Evenson, K. M., Kiluchi, T. T., Comments on the

mechanism of the 337-micron CN laser, J. Appl. Phys. 36, No.

10, 3355 (Oct. 1965).

Brown, D. W., Radiation-induced polymerization at high pressure

of 3,3,3-trifluoropropene ; 4,4,4,3,3-pentafluorobutene-l ; and

5,5,5,4,4,3,3-heptafluoropentene-l, (Proc. 150th American Chemical Society Meeting, Atlantic City, N. J., Sept. 12-17, 1965),

Polymer Preprint 6, No. 2 965-976 (Sept. 1965).

Brown, E. H., On the complex structure of the Universe, J. Math.

Phys. 7, No. 3, 417-425 (Mar. 1966).

Brown, R. L., EPR spectrum of gas phase sulfur atoms, J. Chem.

Phys. 44, No. 7, 2827^-2828 (Apr. 1, 1966).

Brown, W. E., Crystal chemistry of calcium phosphates, Proc. 1964 Technical Session on Cane Sugar Refining Research, New

Orleans, La., Nov. 9-10, 1964, pp. 26-34 (Agriculture Research

Service, New Orleans, La., Mar. 1966).

Brown, W. E., Crystal growth of bone mineral, Book, Clinical

Orthopaedics 44, 205-220 (J. B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia,

Pa., 1966).

Brown, W. E., Wallace, B. M., Phase rule considerations and the

solubility of tooth enamel, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 131, Art. 2, 690-693 (Sept. 30, 1965).

Brualdi, R., Newman, M., Inequalities for the permanental minors

of non-negative matrices, Can. J. Math. 18, 608-615 (1966).

Burdick, M. D., Progress report on a test or cleanability, Proc.

Porcelain Enamel Inst. Forum 26, 41-48 (1965).

Burley, G., Experimental atomic scattering factors for magnesium oxide, J. Phys. Chem. Solids 26, No. 10, 1605-1613

(Oct. 1965).

Bussey, H. E., Gray, J. E., Instrumentation and measurements,

Digest of Literature on Dielectrics, Chapt. I, 28, 1-31 (1964) ;

145
Natl. Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res. Council Publ. 1324 (Natl. Acad. Sci.- Natl. Res. Council, Washington, D. C, 1965).

Bussey, H. E., Gray, J. E., Bamberger, E. C, Rushton, E., Russell, G., Petley, B. W., Morris, D., International comparison of

dielectric measurements, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-13,

No. 4, 305-311 (Dec. 1964).

Calfee, R. F., Gates, D. M., Calculated slant path absorption and

distribution of stratospheric water vapor, Appl. Opt. 5, No. 2, 287-292 (Feb. 1966).

Calvert, W., Observations of ionospheric irregularities and plasma

resonances by the fixed-frequency topside sounder satellite,

(Proc. NATA Advanced Study Institute, Finse, Norway, April

1965), Book, Electron Density Profiles in Ionosphere and Exosphere, ed. J. Frihagen, pp. 281-298 (North Holland Publ. Co.,

Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1966).

Calvert, W., Rishbeth, H., Van Zandt, T., Studies of alouette

observations at the CRPL, Trans. American Geophysical Union,

IG Bull. 45, No. 2, 398-401 (June 1964).

Campbell, P. G., Wright, J. R., Oxidation of asphalt flux with

oxides of nitrogen, Am. Chem. Soc. Div. Petroleum Chemistry

10, No. 1, 79-89 (Mar. 1965).

Carrington, T., Approach to simple exponential decay in vibrational relaxation, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 2, 473-479 (July 15,

1965) . Carson, W. B., Koch, J. A., Pope, J. H., Gallet, R. M., Long-period

very low frequency emission pulsations, J. Geophys. Res. 70,

No 17, 4293-4303 (Sept. 1965).

Carter, J. C, Coyne, J. J., Meshkov, Horn, D., Kugler, M., Lipkin,

H. J., SU(6)W photoproduction and meson-baryon scattering

amplitudes, Phys. Rev. Letters 15, No. 8, 373-377 (Aug. 1965).

Cassidy, E. C, Zimmerman, S. W., Newmann, K-K., A method for

time-resolved electrical measurements in high-current discharge experiments, Rev. Sci. Instr. 37, No. 2, 210-214 (Feb.

1966) . Caswell, R. S., Deposition of energy by neutrons in spherical

cavities, Radiation Res. 27, No. 1, 92-107 (Jan. 1966).

Catanzaro, E. J., Murphy, T. J., Magnesium isotope ratios in

natural samples, J. Geophys. Res. 71, No. 4, 1271-1274 (Feb.

1966).

Caul, H. J., Kumpula, J. W., A simple device for adjusting dental

interferometers, J. Dental Res. 44, No. 6, 1412 (Nov.-Dec. 1965).

Chamberlain, G. E., Heideman, H. G. M., Inelastic scattering of

electrons by helium, Phys. Rev. Letters 15, No. 8, 337-338

(Aug. 1965).

Chang, S. S., Bestul, A. B., Horman, J. A., Critical configurational

146
entropy at glass transformation, Proc. VII Intern. Cong. Glass,

Brussels, Belgium, 1965, pp. 26.1-26.15 (Gordon and Breach,

New York, N. Y., 1966).

Chivers, H. J. A., Hargreaves, J. K., Conjugate observations of

solar proton events : delayed ionospheric changes during twilight, Planetary Space Sci. 13, 583-592 (Feb. 1965).

Chivers, H. J. A., Hargreaves, J. K., Slow fluctuations between

conjugate points in the auroral absorption of cosmic noise, J. Atmos. Terrest. Phys. 28, 337-342 (1966).

Clark, H. E., Avoiding errors from stray radiation in measuring

the spectral emittance of diffusely reflecting specimens, Appl.

Opt. Letter 4, No. 10, 1356-1357 (Oct. 1965).

Cleek, G. W., The optical constants of some oxide glasses in the

strong absorption region, Appl. Opt. 5, No. 5, 771-775 (May

1966).

Cleek, G. W., Consitt, F. J. P., Lawson, W. D., Proposed standards

for measuring and reporting physical properties of optical

materials, Infrared Phys. 5, 141-160 (Dec. 1965).

Codling, K., Structure in the photo-ionization continuum of N2 near 500 A, Astrophy. J. 143, No. 2, 552-557 (Feb. 1966).

Codling, K., Madden, R. P., Newly observed structure in the

photoionization continua of Kr and Xe below 160 A, Appl. Opt.

4, 1431-1434 (Nov. 1965).

Codling, K., Madden, R. P., Hunter, W. R., Angel, D. W., Transmittance of tin films in the far ultraviolet, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 56,

No. 2, 189-192 (Feb. 1966).

Cohen, C, Wegstein, J. H., AXLE: An axiomatic language for

string transformations, Commun. ACM 8, No. 11, 657-661

(Nov. 1965).

Collett, C. T., Calibration of Bell provers by dimensional meas- urement and by cubic foot standards, Proc. 24th Annual Appalachian Gas Measurement Short Course 1964), Tech. Bull. No.

73, Engineering Experiment Station, West Virginia University,

Morgantown, West Virginia, pp. 59-65 (1964) ; Am. Gas Assoc.

Paper No. 65-D-132 (1965).

Collier, R. S., Kamper, R. A., Energy gap of superconducting tin

films in a magnetic field, Phys. Rev. 143, No. 1, 323-328 (Mar.

1966).

Comeford, J. J., Abramowitz, S., Levin, I. W., Isotopic effects in the v 3 fundamental of matrix-isolated BCL, J. Chem. Phys. 43,

No. 12, 4536-4537 (Dec. 15, 1965).

Conda, A. M., The effect of atmospheric noise on the probability

of error for an NCFSK system, IEEE Trans. Commun. Technol.

CT-13, No. 3, 280-284 (Sept. 1965).

Cook, R. K., Radiation of sound by earthquakes, 5

e Cong. Intern. Acoustique, Liege, Belgium, 1965, lb, K19 (1965).

147
Cook, R. K., Edelman, S., Koidan, W., Calibration of microphones,

vibration pickups, and earphones, J. Audio Eng. Soc. 13, No.

4, 290-296 (Oct. 1965).

Cooter, I. L., The calibration of permanent magnet standards,

(ISA 20th Annual Conference and Exhibit, Los Angeles, Calif., Oct. 4-7, 1965), ISA Preprint 14.1-3-65 (1965).

Coriell, S. R., Parker, R. L., Role of surface diffusion in stabilizing the surface of a solid growing from solution to vapor, J. Appl. Phys. 37, No. 4, 1548-1550 (Mar. 15, 1966).

Corliss, E. L. R., Winzer, G. E., Study of methods for estimating

loudness, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 38, No. 3, 424-428 (Sept. 1965).

Cornog, J. R., Bryan, H. L., Jr., Search methods with transistor

patent applications, IEEE Spectrum 3, No. 2, 116-121 (Feb.

1966).

Cornog, J. R., Ellis, P. P., Patterns of thinking in searching

patent applications by manual machine-assisted methods, J. Chem. Soc. 5, 215-225 (Nov. 1965).

Costrell, L., 1965 meeting of IEC committee TC45, progress in

nuclear instrumentation, Mag. Std. pp. 9 (Jan. 1966).

Coyle, T. D., Johannesen, R. B., Brinckman, F. E., Farrar, T. C,

Nuclear magnetic resonance studies of inorganic fluorides. II. Solvent effects on J( 29 Si _19F) in silicon tetrafluoride, J. Phys.

Chem. 70, No. 5, 1682-1684 (May 1966).

Creitz, E. C, Spectrophotometric determination of bromine and

hydrogen bromide, Anal. Chem. 37, 1690-1692 (Dec. 1965).

Crow, E. L.. Barwell, G. E., Estimation of the parameters of the

Hyper-Poisson distributions, (Proc. Symp. Classical and Contagious Discrete Distribution, Montreal, Canada, Aug. 15-20,

1963), Chapt. V, pp. 127-140 (Statistical Publ. Soc, Calcutta,

India, 1965).

Cruz, J. E., Brooke, R. L., A variable characteristic impedance

coaxial line, IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech. Correspondence Section MTT-13, No. 4, 477-478 (July 1965).

Cullen, W. C, Effects of thermal shrinkage on built-up roofing,

J. Bldg. Res. Instr. 2, No. 4, 23 (July-Aug. 1965).

Cullen, W. C, NBS offers method to prevent built-up roof splitting failure, Roofing Siding Insulation Mag. 40, No. 4, 28-30

(Apr. 1965).

Cullen, W. C, Roofing research in Guam and Okinawa, Am.

Roofer Bldg. Improvement Contractor, pp. 10 (Oct. 1965).

Cullen, W. G, Appleton, W. H., The effect of insulation on the

durability of a smooth-surfaced built-up roof, Coal Tar

Asphalts Related Mater. 3, 122-124 (Mar. 1965).

Cuthill, J. R., McAlister, A. J., Williams, M. L., Soft X-ray spectrum of Ni and comparison with photomission and ion neu148
tralization results, Phys. Rev. Letters 16, No. 22, 993-995 (May

30, 1966).

Dahl, S., Determination of hide substance in leather by the

Kjeldahl method. Book, The Chemistry and Technology of

Leather, Chapt. 52, IV, 45-70 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New

York, N. Y., 1965).

Dahl, S., Determining moisture in solid materials by reaction

with calcium carbide, Mater. Res. Std. 5, No. 9, 446-453 (Sept.

1965) . Danielson, B. L., Saturation effects in the sensitized fluorescence

of CaF2 (Ce, Mn), Phys. Rev. 142, No. 1, 228-230 (Feb. 4, 1966) . Danos, M., Fuller, E. G., Photonuclear reactions, Ann. Rev. Nucl.

Sci. 15, 29-66 (1965).

Davis, J. C, Technical committee 1.2 activities in psychrometry,

ASHRAE J. 8, No. 4, 64 (Apr. 1966).

Davis, M. M., Hetzer, H. B., Tritrimetric and equilibrium studies

using indicators related to nile blue A, Anal. Chem. 38, 451-

461 (Mar. 1966).

Davis, M. M., Paabo, M., Comparative strengths of aliphatic acids

and some other carboxylic acids in benzene at 25°, J. Org.

Chem. 31, 1804-1810 (1966).

Davis, T. N., Smith, L. L., A latitude survey of the night airglow,

J. Geophys. Rev. 70, No. 5, 1127-1138 (Mar. 1965).

Deslattes, R. D., Simson, B. G., Demountable high power source

for soft X-ray region, Rev. Sci. Instr. 37, No. 6, 753-754 (June

1966).

Deslattes, R. D., Simson, B. G., Horton, A T., Solution polishing

of oriented single crystals, Rev. Sci. Instr. 36, No. 7, 943-944

(July 1965).

Deslattes, R. D., Simson, B. G., LaVilla, R. E., Gas density stabilizer for flow proportional counters, Rev. Sci. Instr. 37, No.

5, 596-599 (May 1966).

Deslattes, R. D., Torgesen, J. L., Paretzkin, B., Horton, A. T., Observations of dislocations in ammonium dihydrogen phosphate: production of dislocation-free crystals, J. Appl. Phys.

37, No. 2, 541-548 (Feb. 1966).

DeVoe, J. R., Smith, G. W., Activation-analysis program and

facilities at the National Bureau of Standards, Proc. 1965

Intern. Conf. Modern Trends in Activation Analysis, Texas

A&M University, College Station, Texas, pp. 225-229 (Apr.

1965).

DeVoe, J. R., Spijkerman, J. J., Mossbauer spectrometry, Anal.

Chem. 38, 382R-393R (966).

DeWit, R., The direction of the force on a dislocation and the

149
sign of the Burgers vector, Acta Met. 13, No. 11, 1210-1211

(1965).

DeWit, R. Howard, R. E., On the definition of the stacking-fault

energy in binary alloys, Acta Met. 14, 431-433 (1966).

Dibeler, V. H., Walker, J. A., Ion-pair process in CH3 C1 photoionization, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 5, 1842-1843 (Sept. 1965).

Diller, D. E., Measurements of the viscosity of parahydrogen,

(Proc. IX Intern. Conf. Low Temperature Physics, Columbus,

Ohio, Aug. 31-Sept. 4, 1964), Book, Low Temperature Physics

LT9, Pt. B, pp. 1227-1229 (Plenum Press Inc., New York, N. Y.

1965).

Dilworth, H. C, Spectrochemical analysis of high-temperature

alloys by spark excitation in argon and nitrogen, Am. Soc. Testing Mater. Spec. Tech. Publ. 376 (1965).

DiMarzio, E. A., McCrackin, F. L., A one-dimensional model of

polymer absorption, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 2, 539-547 (July

1965) . Doepler, R. D., Ausloos, P., Gas-phase radiolysis of cyclopentane.

Relative rates of H2-transfer reactions from various hydrocarbons to C3 H6 +

, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 5, 1951-1958 (Mar.

1966) . Doepker, R. D., Ausloos, P., Photolysis of cyclobutane at photon

energies below and above the ionization energy, J. Chem. Phys.

43, No. 11, 3814-3819 (Dec. 1, 1965).

Douglas, T. B., A survey of the thermodynamic data on heavier

elements and their compounds: high-temperature enthalpy and

vaporization equilibria, Proc. 3d Meeting Interagency Chemical

Rocket Propulsion Group, Working Group on Thermochemistry,

El Segundo, Calif., Mar. 17-18, 1965, I, No. 82C, 5-16 (Chem.

ical Propulsion Information Agency, Silver Spring, Md., July

1965).

Douglas, T. B., Status of light-element heat-capacity calorimetry

at the National Bureau of Standards: a review of the hightemperature thermodynamics of the BeO-H2 0 system, Proc. 4th Meeting Interagency Chemical Rocket Propulsion Group,

Working Group on Thermochemistry, Kennedy Space Flight

Center, Florida, Mar. 16-17, 1966, I, No. 108, 27 (Chemical

Propulsion Information Agency, Silver Spring, Md., June 1966).

Dunfee, B. L., The design and performance of multi-range cur- rent transformer standards for audio frequencies, IEEE Trans.

Instr. Meas. IM-14, No. 4, 190-204 (Dec. 1965).

Dunfee, B. L., Moore, W. J. M., An international comparison of

current ratio standards at audio frequencies, IEEE Trans.

Instr. Meas. IM-14, No. 4, 172-177 (Dec. 1965).

Dunn, G. H., Franck-Condon factors for the ionization of H2 and

D2 , J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 7, 2592-2594 (Apr. 1966).

150
Dunn, G. H., Van Zyl, B., Zare, R. N., Dissociation of H2 + by

electron impact, Phys. Rev. Letters 15, No. 15, 610 (Oct. 11,

1965).

Dunn, S. T., Application of sulfur coating to integrating spheres,

Appl. Opt. 4, 877 (July 1965).

Dziuba, R. F., Souders, T. M., A method for calibrating volt

boxes, with analysis of volt-box self-heating characteristics,

IEEE Intern. Conv. Record, Pt. 10, pp. 17 (Mar. 21-25, 1966).

Eby, R. K., Colson, J. P., Relaxations in polyethylene: orientation

of the lamellar crystals, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 39, No. 3, 506-510

(Mar. 19, 1966).

Eckerle, K. L., McWhirter, R. W. P., Departures from the local thermal equilibrium in a magnetically-driven shock waves,

Phys. Fluids 9, No. 1, 81-89 (Jan. 1966).

Ecklund, W. L., Hargreaves, J. K., Pope, J. H., On the relation

between auroral radio absorption and very low frequency

emissions, J. Geophys. Res. 70, No. 17, 4285-4292 (Sept. 1, 1965).

Eisenhart, C, Anniversaries in 1965 of interest to statisticians,

Am. Stat. 19, No. 5, 21-29 (Dec. 1965).

Eisenhart, C, The assumptions underlying the analysis of vari- ance, (Spanish Translation by Jose Otaduy), Book, Sobre el Analisis de la Variancia, pp. 1-24 (Comision de Education

Estadistica del Instituto Interamerican de Estadistica, Rosario,

Argentina, 1953).

Engen, G. F., International intercomparison of standards for

microwave power measurement, IEEE Trans. Microwave

Theory Tech. MTT-13, No. 5, 713-715 (Sept. 1965).

Estin, A. J., Anderson, M. M., Time resolved microwave interferometry as a diagnostic tool for decaying plasma afterglows,

Rev. Sci. Instr. 37, No. 4, 468-470 (Apr. 1966).

Evans, J. P., The realization and use of the International Practical Temperature Scale of 1948, (ISA 20th Annual Conference

and Exhibit, Los Angeles, Calif., Oct. 4-7, 1965), ISA Preprint 14.3-1-65 (1965).

Evenson, K. M., Broida, H. P. Measurements of collisional energy

transfer between rotational energy levels in CN, J. Chem.

Phys. 44, No. 4, 1637-1641 (Feb. 15, 1966).

Evenson, K. M., Redford, H. E., ESR measurements of metastable

atomic nitrogen in helium-nitrogen afterglows, Phys. Rev.

Letters 15, No. 24, 916-917 (Dec. 13, 1965).

ot Faller, J., Results of an absolute determination of the acceleration of gravity, J. Geophys. Res. 70, No. 16, 4035 (Aug. 15,

1965).

Fano, U., Interaction between configurations with several open

shells, Phys. Rev. 140, No. 1A, A67-A75 (Oct. 4, 1965).

151
Farley, D. T., Jr., Observations of the equatorial ionosphere

using incoherent backscatter, (Proc. NATA Advanced Study

Institute, Finse, Norway, Apr. 1965), Book, Electron Density

Profiles in the Ionosphere and Exosphere, ed. J. Frihagen, pp. 446-469 (North-Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1966).

Farrar, T. C, Electron paramagnetic resonance and nuclear magnetic resonance as analytical tools, (Conf. Purification of Materials, New York Academy of Sciences), Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 137, 323-334 (Jan. 1966).

Farrar, T. C, Ryan, W., Davison, A., Faller, J. W., Manganesehydrogen bond distance in HMn(CO)s, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 88,

No. 1, 184 (Jan. 5, 1966).

Fatiadi, A. J., Preparation of inososes from their phenylhydrazones by use of a cation-exchange resin; separation of certain

phenylhydrazones from phenylosazones, Carbohydrate Res. 1, No. 6, 489-491 (1966).

Fatiadi, A. J., Separation of pyrenadiones by column chromatography, J. Chromatog. 20, 319-324 (1965).

Fearn, J. E., Brown, D. W., Wall, L. A., Polymers and telomers

of perfluoro-1, 4-pentadiene, J. Polymer Sci. 4A, Pt. A-l,

131-140 (Jan. 1966).

Fehsenfeld, F., Schmeltekopf, A. L., Ferguson, E. E., Correction

in the laboratory measurement of the rate constant for N2 + 02 + at 300°K, Planetary Space Sci. 13, No. 9, 919-920 (Sept. 1965).

Fenn, R. W., Oser, H., Scattering properties of concentric soot- water spheres for visible and infrared light, J. Appl. Opt. 4, 1504-1509 (Nov. 1965).

Fenstermaker, C. A., Smith, J. C, Stress-strain properties of

textile yarns subjected to rifle bullet impact, J. Appl. Polymer

Sci. 1, 125-146 (1965).

Ferguson, E. E., Fehsenfeld, F. C, Goldan, P. A., Schmeltekopf,

A. L., Schiff, H. I., Laboratory measurement of the rate of the

reaction N2 + + O NO + -f N at thermal energy, Planetary

Space Sci. 13, 823-827 (Aug. 1965).

Ferguson, E. E., Fehsenfeld, F. C, Schmeltekopf, A. L., A new

speculation on terrestrial helium loss, Planetary Space Sci. 13,

925-928 (Oct. 1965).

Ferguson, E. E., Goldan, P. D., Fehsenfeld, F., Schmeltekopf,

A. L., Positive ion-neutron reactions in the ionosphere, J. Geophys. Res. 70, No. 17, 4323-4329 (Sept. 1965).

Fetters, L. J., Wall, L. A., The monomer-polymer equilibrium of

a-trideuteromethyl-P, (i-dideuterostyrene, (Proc. 150th American Chemical Society Meeting Atlantic City, N. J., Sept. 12-17,

1965), Polymer Preprint 6, No. 2, 899-903 (Sept. 1965).

152
Fey, L., Atkinson, W. R., Newman, J., Comment on obscurities

of oscillator noise, Proc. IEEE Letter 52, 104-105 (Jan. 1965).

Filban, T., Shafer, M. R., Flow measurement standardization,

ISA 19th Annual Conference and Exhibit on Instrumentation

and Measurement, New York, N. Y., Oct. 12-15, 1964), ISA

Preprint 12.2-4-64 (1964).

Fitzgerrell, R. G., Swept-frequency antenna gain measurements,

IEEE Trans. Ant. Prop. AP-14, No. 2, 173-178 (Mar. 1966).

Flach, D., Marzetta, L. A., Calibration of peak A-C to D-C comparators, (ISA 20th Annual Conference and Exhibit, Los

Angeles, Calif., Oct. 4-7, 1965), ISA Preprint 14.2-3-65

(1965).

Flynn, J. H., Wall, L. A., A quick direct method for the determination of activation energy from thermogravimetric data,

Polymer Letters 4B, No. 5, 323-328 (May 1966).

Flynn, J. H., Wall, L. A., Investigation of polymer pyrolysis with

thermogravimetry, (Proc. 150th American Chemical Society

Meeting, Atlantic City, N. J., Sept. 12-17, 1965), Polymer

Preprint 6, No. 2, 945-955 (Sept. 1965).

Forman, R. A., McKneely, T., A cooling system for a laboratory

magnet, Appl. Spectry. 20, 189 (May-June 1966).

Foster, B. E., Chemical Admixtures, Am. Soc. Testing Mater.

Spec. Tech. Publ. 169A, Significance of Concrete and Concrete

Making Materials, pp. 556-564 (1966).

Foster, H. J., Meijer, P. H., Mielczarek, E. V., Magnetoacoustic

adsorption and the fermi surface in potassium, Phys. Rev.

139, No. 6A, A1849-A1857 (Sept. 1965).

Fowler, P>. O., Moreno, E. C, Brown, W. E., Infrared spectra of

hydroxyapatite, octacalcium phosphate and pyrolyzed octa- calcium phosphate, Arch. Oral Biol. 11, 447-492 (May 1966).

Frederikse, H. P. R., Hosier, W. R., Thurber, W., Magnetoresistance of semiconducting SrTi03 , Phys. Rev. 143, No. 2, 648-651 (Mar. 1966).

Frederikse, H. P. R., Schooley, J. F., Thurber, W. R., Pfeiffer,

E., Hosier, W. R., Superconductivity in ceramic, mixed titanates, Phys. Rev. Letters 16, No. 13, 579-581 (Mar. 28, 1966).

French, J. L., Tapered inlets for pipe culverts, discussion and

author's closure, J. Hydraulics, Div. Am. Soc. Civil Eng. pp. 286 (May 1965).

Frenkiel, F. N., Klebanoff, P. S., Two-dimensional probability

distribution in a turbulent field, Phys. Fluids 8, No. 12,

2291-2293 (Dec. 1965).

Fuller, E. G., Photoneutron reactions, (Proc. Intern. Conf. Study

of Nuclear Structure with Neutrons, Antwerp, Belgium, July

14-23, 1965), Book, Nuclear Structure Study with Neutrons,

153
ed. M. Neve de Mevergnies, P. VanAssche, and J. Vervier, pp. 359-375 (North Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1966).

Gadsden, M., Some statistical properties of pulses from photomultipliers, Appl. Opt. 4, No. 11, 1446-1452 (Nov. 1965).

Gary, R., Bates, R. G., Robinson, R. A., Dissociation constant

of acetic acid in deuterium oxide from 5 to 50°. Reference

points for a pD scale, J. Phys. Chem. 69, No. 8, 2750-2753

(1965).

Gates, D. M., Spectral distribution of solar radiation at the

earth's surface, Science 151, No. 3710, 523-529 (Feb. 1966).

Geltman, S., Takayanagai, K., Excitation of molecular rotation

by slow electrons, II, Phys. Rev. 143, No. 1, 25-30 (Mar. 1966).

Georke, V. H., Young, J. M., Cook, R. K., Infrasonic observations

of the May 16, 1963, volcanic explosion on the island of Bali,

J. Geophys. Res. 70, No. 24, 6017—6022 (Dec. 15. 1965).

Gerstenberg, H., O'Connell, J. S., Three-body photodisintegration

of He3

, Phys. Rev. 144, No. 3, 834-838 (Apr. 1966).

Giarratano, P. J., Smith, R. V., Comparative study of forced con- vection boiling heat transfer correlations for cyrogenic fluids,

(Proc. 1965 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., Rice University,

Houston, Texas, Aug. 23-25, 1965), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 11, 492-506 (Plenum Press Inc., New York,

N. Y., 1966).

Glass, S. J., Chappell, W. R., Brittin, W. E., The interaction of

radiation with charged particles. I, II Nuovo Cimento 38, No.

3, 1186-1191 (Aug. 1965).

Glass, S. J., Chappell, W. R., The interaction of radiation with

charged particles. II. Dispersion relation for transverse modes,

II Nuovo Cimento 38, No. 1, 79-88 (Mar. 1966).

Gniewek, J. J., Clark, A. F., Preparation of copper crystals with

low electrical resistivity, J. Appl. Phys. 36, No. 3358-3358

(Oct. 1965).

Goebel, D. G., Caldwell, B. P., Hammond, H. K., Use of an auxiliary sphere with a spectrophotometer to obtain absolute

reflectance, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 56, No. 6, 783-788 (June 1966).

Goldman, A. J., New method and problems in combinatorial optimization. Washington Oper. Res. Council Newsletter 5, No.

8, 4-8 (Apr. 1966).

Gorden, R., Jr., Doepker, R., Ausloos, P., Photoionization of

propylene at 1236 A reactions of C3 D6 + with added alkanes,

J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 10, 3733-3740 (May 1966).

Graminski, E. L., Forshee, B. W., Determination of glycerol in

paper, Tappi 49, No 7, 324-326 (July 1966).

Grandy, W. T., Mohling, F., Quantum statistics of fully ionized

gases, Ann. Phys. 34, No. 3, 424-464 Oct. 1965).

154
Gray, V E., Wright, J. R., The use of visible and ultraviolet

spectroscopy to identify carbonyl compounds in photodegraded

plastics, Polymer Eng. Sci. 5, No. 4, 284-290 (Oct. 1965).

Green, M. S., Critical point phenomena, (Proc. Conf. Phenomena

in the Neighborhood of Critical points), Science 150, No. 3693,

229-236 (Oct. 8, 1965).

Greenspan, M., Fundamentals of ultrasonics, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 37, No. 1, 158-159 (July 1965).

Gross, D., Robertson, A. F., Experimental fires in enclosures,

10th Symp. (Intern.) on Combustion, Cambridge, England,

Aug. 1964, pp. 931-942 (1965).

Gruzensky, P. M., Growth of large sodium chloride crystals from

solution for color-center studies, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 11,

3807-3810 (Dec. 1, 1965).

Gygax, S., Olsen, J. L., Kropschot, R. H., Superconducting behavior of indium-lead alloys, (Proc. IX Intern. Conf. Low

Temperature Physics, Columbus, Ohio, Aug. 31-Sept. 4, 1964),

Book, Low Temperature Physics LT9, Pt. A, 587-590 (Plenum

Press, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Hall, J. L., Two quantum photoionization of Cs and I -

, J. Quant.

Elec. QE-2, No. 4, xxi (Apr. 1966).

Hall, L. H., Block, S., Perloff, A., The crystal and molecular

structure of iosopentaborane-9, Acta Cryst. 19, No. 4, 658-661

(Oct. 1965).

Hall, L. H., Perloff, A., Mauer, F. A., Block, S., Crystal and

molecular structure of C4B20H22, bis (o-dodecacarborane) , J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 11, 3911-3917 (Dec. 1965).

Hamer, W. J., Electrochemistry, Encyclopedia of Physics, ed. R. M. Besancon, pp. 200-203 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York,

N. Y., 1966).

Hamer, W. J., Major revisions made in new dry cell standard,

Mag. Std. 36, No. 10, 306-308 (Oct. 1965).

Hamer, W. J., Specification for dry cells and batteries, ASA

C18.1, pp. 31 (1965).

Hamer, W. J., The "volt standard" moves to Gaithersburg, Maryland, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 56, No. 5, 101-108 (May 1966).

Hamer, W. J., Theoretical electromotive forces for cells containing a single solid or molten oxide, J. Electroanal. Chem. 10,

140-150 (July 1965).

Hamer, W. J., Malmberg, M. S., Rubin, B., Theoretical electromotive forces for cells containing a single solid or molten flu- oride, bromide, or iodide, J. Electrochem. Soc. 112, No. 7, 750-

755 (July 1965).

Hampson, R. F., Jr., McNesby, J. R., Vacuum-ultraviolet photolysis of ethane at high temperature. II. Collisional deactivation

155
of excited ethylene, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 10, 3592-3596

(Nov. 1965).

Hanley, H. J. M., Comparison of the Lennard-Jones, exp. 6, and

Kihara potential functions from viscosity data of dilute argon,

J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 11, 4219-4222 (June 1966).

Harari, H., Horn, D., Kugler, M., Lipkin, H. J., Meshkov, S., Decays of positive-parity baryon resonances in a broken U(12),

Phys. Rev. 140, No. 4B, B1003 (Nov. 1965).

Harari, H, Horn, D., Kugler, M., Lipkin, H. J., Meshkov, S., Meson and baryon resonances in relativistic SU(6), Phys. Rev.

140, No. 2P>, B431-B433 (Oct. 25, 1965).

Hargreaves, J. K., Chivers, H. J. A., A study of auroral absorption events at the south pole: 2. Conjugate properties, J. Geophys. Res. 70, No. 5, 1093-1103 (Mar. 1965).

Hargreaves, K. L., Sharp, R. D., Electron precipitation and ionospheric radio absorption in the auroral zones, Planetary Space

Sci. 13, 1171-1183 (Dec. 1965).

Harrington, R. D., Rasmussen, A. L., Magnetic core permeability

measurement techniques, Proc. Magnetic Core Conf. 7, 11-24

(1965).

Harris, W. P., Apparent negative impedances and their effect on

three-terminal dielectric loss measurements, (1965 Annual

Report Conf. Electrical Insulation), Natl. Acad. Sci. -Natl. Res.

Council Publ. 1356, pp. 83-86 (Natl. Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res. Council, Washington, D. C, 1966).

Hayward, E., Stovall, T., Photoneutron production by Li6

, Li7, B

10

, B

11

, and O

18

, Nucl. Phys. 69, 241-252 (July 1965).

Hayward, H. W., Sneed, H. M. S., Turnipseed, J. H., Tauber, S. J., Some experience with the Hayward linear notation system, J. Chem. Doc. 5, No. 3, 183-189 (Aug. 1965).

Hefley, G., Linfield, R. F., Doherty, R. H., Timing and space navigation with an existing ground based system, AGARD Navigation Systems for Aircraft and Space Vehicles, pp. 490-506

(Pergamon Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1962).

Heidemann, H. G. M., Kuyatt, C. E., Chamberlain, G. E., Inelastic

electron scattering from H2 , J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 2, 440-441

(Jan. 1966).

Heidemann, H. G. M., Kuyatt, C. E., Chamberlain, G. E., Reso- nances in the elastic and inelastic electron scattering from

N2, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 1, 355-358 (Jan. 1, 1966).

Henig, S., A proposal for a supplement to the patent system,

Design News 21, No. 1, 84-89 (Jan. 5, 1966).

Heinrich, K. F. J., Identification to inclusions with the electron

probe microanalyzer, Am. Soc. Testing Mater. Spec. Tech. Publ.

393 (Jan. 1966).

Herber, R. H., Spijkerman, J., Mossbauer line broadening in

15*
Sn02 , J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 12, 4312-4314 (June 15, 1965).

Herbstreit, J. W., Influence of irregular terrain on propagation,

(Proc. XIV General Assembly of URSI, Tokyo, Japan, 1963),

Book, Progress in Radio Science 1960-1963. Vol. II. Radio and

Troposphere, ed. F. du Castel, pp. 141-156, Elsevier Publ. Co.,

Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1965).

Hermach, F. L., Griffin, J. E., Williams, E. S., A system for

accurate and alternating voltage measurements, IEEE Trans.

Instr. Meas. IM-14, No. 4, 215-224 (Dec. 1965).

Herron, J. T., Mass spectrometric study of the reaction of nitrogen atoms with ethylene, J. Phys. Chem. 69, No. 8, 2736-2740

(Aug. 1965).

Herron, J. T., Mass spectrometric study of the reactions of 0

atoms with NO and NO2, Erratum, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 9, 3645 (May 1966).

Hirschkoff, E. C, Wolcott, N. M., Possible nuclear contribution

to thermal expansion, Proc. Phys. Soc. 86, No. 6, 1372 (1965).

Hiza, M. J., Herring, R. N., Solid-vapor equilibrium in the system

hydrogen-methane, (Proc. 1964 Cryogenic Engineering Conf.,

University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa., Aug. 18-24,

1964) , Book, International Advances in Cryogenic Engineering,

Paper Q-5, 10, 182-191 (Plenum Press Inc., New York, N. Y.,

1965) . Hiza, M. J., Kidnay, A. J., Solid-vapor equilibrium in the system

helium-methane, (Proc. 1965 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., Rice

University, Houston, Texas, Aug. 23-25, 1965), Book, Advances

in Cryogenic Engineering, 11, 338-348 (Plenum Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1966).

Hoeve, C. A. J., Adsorption isotherms for polymer chains adsorbed from 8 solvents, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 4, 1505-1509

(Feb. 15, 1966).

Hoeve, C. A. J., Density distribution of polymer segments in the

vicinity of an adsorbing interface, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 9, 3007-3308 (Nov. 1, 1965).

Hoffman, J. D., Dielectric relaxation in molecular crystals: multiple site models, Book, Molecular Relaxation Processes, Chemical Society Spec. Publ. No. 20, pp. 47-60 (The Chemical Society

and Academic Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1966).

Horn, L., The response of flush diaphragm pressure transducers

to thermal gradients, (20th Annual ISA Conference and Exhibit, Los Angeles, Calif., Oct. 4-7, 1965), Preprint No. 13.3-

4-65 (1965).

Hornbeck, G. A., Optical methods of temperature measurement,

Appl. Opt. Lead Article 5, No. 2, 179 (Feb. 1966).

Horowitz, E., Tryon, M., Christensen, R. G., Thermogravimetric

study of some new transition metal-schiff base coordination

157
polymers, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 9, No. 7, 2321-2336 (July

1965) . Howard, R. E., Random-walk calculations of diffusion coefficients, Proc. 5th Intern. Symp., Reactivity of Solids, Munich, Germany,

1964, pp. 250-255 (Elsevier Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1965).

Howard, R. E.„ Random-walk method for calculating correlation

factors: tracer diffusion by di-vacancy and impurity-vacancy

pairs in cubic crystals, Phys. Rev. 144, No. 2, 650-651 (Apr.

15, 1966).

Howard, R. E., Lidiard, A. B., Status of linear relations among

heats of transport, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 11, 4158-4160 (Dec.

1, 1965).

Howard, R. E., Lidiard, A. B., Thermal diffusion of substitutional

impurities in metals, Acta Met. 13, No. 4, 443-444 (1966).

Huber, M. G., Weber, H. J., Danos, M., Greiner, W., Photon absorption cross section of spherical nuclei, Phys. Rev. Letters

15, No. 12, 529-531 (Sept. 1965).

Hudson, G. E., Of time and the atom, Phys. Today 18, No. 8, 34-

38 (Aug. 1965).

Hughes, A. N., Scheer, M. D., Klein, R., The reaction between

0( 3P) and condensed olefins below 100°K, J. Phys. Chem. 70,

No. 3, 798-805 (Mar. 1966).

Hunsucker, R. D., On the determination of the electron density

within discrete auroral forms in the E-region, J. Geophys. Res.

70, No. 15, 3791-3792 (Aug. 1965).

Hust, J. G., Stewart, R. B., Thermodynamic property computations for systems analysis, ASHRAE J. 8, No. 2, 64-68 (Feb.

1966) . Isbell, H. S., Fatiadi, A. J., Phenylhydrazono-phenylazo tauto- merism. Part I. Xylo-4,5,6-trihydroxy-2-oxo-l,3-bis(phenylhydrazono) cyclohexane and 4-oxo-l-phenyl-5-phenylazo-2-

pyridazine derivatives, Carbohydrate Res. 2, No. 2, 204-215

(June 1966).

Ives, L. K., Ruff, A. W., Jr., Extended dislocation nodes in a silvertin alloy, J. Appl. Phys. 37, No. 4, 1831-1837 (Mar. 15, 1966).

Jacox, M. E., Milligan, D. E., Matrix isolation study of the reaction of CI atoms with CO. Infrared spectrum of the free radical

C1CO, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 3, 866-870 (Aug. 1965).

Jacox, M. E., Milligan, D. E., Moll, N. G., Thompson, W. E.,

Matrix isolation infrared spectrum of the free radical CCO, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 10, 3734-3746 (Nov. 1965).

Jean, A. G., Hornbeck, C. E., Doherty, R. H., Winkelman, J. R.,

Moore, R. T., Techniques for detection of high-altitude nuclear

explosions, Proc. IEEE 53, No. 12, 2088-2098 (Dec. 1965).

Jefferies, J. T., The theory of the chromospheric spectrum, Book,

158
The Solar Spectrum, ed. C. DeJager, pp. 131-150 (D. Reidel

Publ. Co., Dordrecht, The Netherlands, 1965).

Jennings, D. A., Takuma, H., Coherent Raman effect in the off- axis Raman resonator, J. Appl. Phys. Letters 4, No. 11, 185-

186 (June 1964).

Jensen, M. W., Quantity control—a tool of industry, and arm of

government, Proc. Annual Conf. Soc. Advancement of Food

Service Research, Washington, D. C, Apr. 18, 1966.

Jensen, M. W., Thoughts on weights and measures, Soap Chem.

Spec. VLH, No. 4, 99 (Apr. 1966).

Johannesen, R. B., Fafrrar, T. C, Brinckman, F. E., Coyle, T. D.,

Nuclear magnetic resonance studies of inorganic fluorides. 1. High-resolution 19F spectra of Si 2 F6 and (SiF3 ) 20, J. Chem.

Phys. 44, No. 3 962-964 (Feb. 1, 1966).

Johler, J. R., Morgenstern, J. C, Propagation of the ground wave

electromagnetic signal, with particular reference to a pulse of

nuclear origin, Proc. IEEE 53, No. 12, 2043-2053 (Dec. 1965).

Johnson, D. P., Hutton, U. 0., Discussion of ASME Paper 60-

WA-333, November 30, 1960, Book, High Pressure Measurement, ed. A. A. Giardini and E. C. Lloyd, pp. 350-351 (Butterworth, Inc. London, England, 1963).

Johnson, H., Deslattes, R. D., Production of alumina windows,

Rev. Sci. Instr. 36, No. 9, 1381-1382 (Sept. 1965).

Johnson, V. J., The NBS Cryogenic Data Center, (Proc. XI

Intern. Cong. Refrigeration, Munich, Germany, 1963), Book,

Progress in Refrigeration Science and Technology, 1, 110-114

(Pergamon Press, Oxford, England, 1965).

Johnston, R. G., Madden, R. P., On the use of thermopiles for

absolute radiometry in the far ultraviolet, Appl. Opt. 4, No. 12,

1574-1580 (Dec. 1965).

Judd, D. B., Color, Encyclopedia of Physics, pp. 113-116 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Judd, D. B., Color appearance, Proc. Intern. Color Comm., Lucerne, Switzerland, 1965, 1, 27-51 (Mar. 1966).

Judd, D. B., Color designation and specification, Encyclopedia of

Industrial Analysis, 1, 315 (1966).

Judd, D. B., Fundamental studies of color vision from 1860 to 1960, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 55, No. 6, 1313-1330 (June 1966).

Judd, D. B., Progress report for OSA committee on uniform color

scales, Proc. Intern. Color Comm. Lucerne, Switzerland, 1965,

1, 399-407 (Mar. 1966).

Judd, D. B., Nimeroff, I., Specification and designation of color,

Treatise Anal. Chem. 36, 2873-2942 (1964).

Kaeser, R. S., Ambler, E., Schooley, J. F., Vibrating coil magnetometer for use at very low temperatures, (Proc. 1965 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., Rice University, Houston, Texas,

I

159
Aug. 23-25, 1965), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering

11, 694-698 (Plenum Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1966) ; Rev. Sci. Instr. 37, No. 2, 173-175 (Feb. 1966).

Kahn, A. H., Frederikse, H. P. R., Becker, J. H., Electron energy

bands in SrTi03 Ti02 (theory and experiment), (Informal

Proc. Bull. Intern. Conf. Materials, Pittsburgh, Pa., 1963),

Book, Transition Metal Compounds, ed. E. R. Schatz, pp. 53-64,

(Gordon and Breach Sci. Publ., New York, N. Y., 1964).

Keegan, H. J., Weidner, V., Infrared reflectance of frost, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. Letter 56, No. 4, 523-524 (Apr. 1966).

Keller, R., Breen, D., Formation of crystallites of benzophenone

in hydrocarbon glass, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 7, 2562-2563

(Oct. 1965).

Kelly, K. L., 22 ISCC-NBS centroid colors of maximum contrast,

Color Eng. 3, No. 6, 26-27 (Nov.-Dec. 1965).

Kerns, D. M., Grandy, W. T., Perturbation theorems for Waveguide junction, with applications, IEEE Trans. Microwave

Theory Tech. MTT-14, No. 12, 85-92 (Feb. 1966).

Kerper, M. K., Scuderi, T. G., Relation of strength of thermally

tempered glass to fracture mirror size, Am. Ceram. Soc. Bull. 44, No. 12, 953-955 (Dec. 1965).

Kessler, H. K., Cooler for semiconductor light emitters, laser and

photodetectors, Rev. Sci. Instr. 37, 517-518 (Apr. 1966).

Kidnay, A. J., Hiza, M. J., The low temperature removal of small

quantities of nitrogen or methane from hydrogen gas by

physical adsorption on a synthetic zeolite, AIChE J. 12, No. 1, 58-63 (Jan. 1966).

Kieffer, L. J., Dunn, G. H., Electron impact ionization cross sec- tion data for atoms, atomic ions, and diatomic molecules: I. Experimental data, Rev. Mod. Phys. 38, No. 1, 1-33 (Jan.

1966).

Kilpatrick, J. E., Fukuda, Y., Larsen, S. Y., Thermodynamics of

the rigid-rotor at high temperature, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 2, 430-432 (July 1965).

Kirby, R. S., Long term characteristics for air-ground propagation in band nine, IEEE Ant. Prop. Intern. Symp. Digest, pp. 43-47 (July 9-11, 1963).

Kirchhoff, W. H., Lide, D. R., Microwave spectrum and barrier to internal rotation in methylsilylacetylene, J. Chem. Phys. 43,

No. 7, 2203-2213 (Oct. 1, 1965).

Klemperer, W. K., Angular scattering law for the moon at 6-

meter wavelength, J. Geophys. Res. Letter 70, No. 15, 3798-

3800 (Aug. 1, 1965).

Kline, G. M., Polymer property-structure studies at the National

Bureau of Standards, Proc. European Plastics Congress, Milano,

Italy, Sept. 20-23, 1964.

160
Klose, J. Z., Atomic lifetimes in neon I, Phys. Rev. 141, No. 1, 181-186 (Jan. 1966).

Knecht, R. W., Topside sound as a tool for global ionosphere

studies, IEEE Trans. Ant. Prop. Programs Digest, pp. 21-23

(1963).

Knight, B. L., Timmerhaus, K. D., Flynn, T. M., A superconducting liquid-level sensor for slush hydrogen use, (Proc. 1965

Cryogenic Engineering Conf., Rice University, Houston, Texas,

Aug. 23-25, 1965), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering

11, 218-222 (Plenum Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1966).

Knopp, M. I., Lehner, J., Newman, M., A bounded automorphic

form of dimension zero is constant, Duke Math. J. 32, No. 3, 457-460 (Sept. 1965).

Koidan, W., New standard for the calibration of microphones,

Mag. Std. 37, No. 5, 141-144 (May 1966).

Kokoszka, G. F., Allen, H. C, Jr., Gordon, G., The electron paramagnetic resonance spectrum of tetrakis-t-butoxyvanadium

(IV), Ionorg. Chem. 5, No. 1, 91-93 (Jan. 1966).

Krasnansky, V. J., Parker, M. S., Florin, R. E., The effect of

gamma irradiation on a polyamide, J. Phys. Chem. 70, No. 1, 40-46 (Jan. 1966).

Kruger, J., Use of ellipsometry in the study of corrosion, Corrosion 22, No. 4, 88-97 (Apr. 1966).

Krupenie, P. H., Weissman, S., Potential energy curves for CO

and CO +

, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 5, 1529-1534 (Sept. 1, 1965).

Kuczkowski, R. L., The microwave spectrum of dinitrogen tri- oxide, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 87, 5259-5260 (1965).

Kuczkowski, R. L., Lide, D. R., Krisher, L. C, Microwave spectra

of alkali hydroxides : evidence for linearity of CsOH and KOH,

J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 8, 3131-3132 (Apr. 15, 1966).

Kuyatt, C. E., Simpson, J. A., Mielczarek, S. R., Resonances in

electron scattering from H2 , HD, and D2 , J. Chem. Phys. 44,

No. 2, 437-439 (Jan. 15, 1966).

Lafferty, W. J., Infrared and microwave spectra of C1CN, J. Chem.

Phys. 43, No. 6, 2063-2070 (Sept. 1965).

Lamb, V. A., Valentine, D. R., Physical and mechanical properties of electrode-posited copper. I. Literature survey, Plating

52, No. 12, 1289-1311 (Dec. 1965).

Landgrebe, A. R. DeVoe, J. R., Determination of trace amounts

of cadmium and silver by substoichiometric radioisotopic dilution analysis, Trans. Am. Nucl. Soc. 8, No. 2, 315-316 (1965).

Lang, S. B., Gray, A. M., Remote positioner for rotary switches,

Rev. Sci. Instr. 37, No. 6, 799-801 (June 1966).

Lagnese, J. E., The fundamental solution and Huygens' principle

for decomposable differential operators, Archiv. Rat. Mech.

Anal. 19, No. 4, 299-307 (Jan. 22, 1965).

161
Larsen, S. Y., Kilpatrick, J. E., Jordan, H., Lieb, E. H., On the

suppression at high temperature of effects due to statistics in

the second virial coefficient of a real gas, Phys. Rev. 140, No.

1A, A129-A130 (Oct. 1965).

Larsen, S. Y., Witte, K., Kilpatrick, J. E., On the quantum

mechanical pair-correlation function of 4He gas at low temperatures, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 1, 213-220 (Jan. 1, 1966).

Larson, W., Gearing errors as related to alignment techniques of

the rotary-vane attenuator, (19th Annual IEEE Conference

and Exhibit on Instrumentation and Measurement, New York,

N. Y., Oct. 12-15, 1964), Preprint 12.5-2-64 (Sept. 1965);

IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-14, No. 3, 117-123 (Sept. 1965).

Laufer, A. H. McNesby, J. R., Deuterium isotope effect in

vacuum-ultraviolet absorption coefficients of water and methane, Can. J. Chem. 43, No. 12, 3487-3490 (1965).

LaVilla, R. E., Mendlowitz, H., Optical properties of beryllium in

the ultraviolet from electron energy absorption, Appl. Opt. 4, No. 8, 955-960 (Aug. 1965).

Leavens, W. M., The relationship of A-C resonant probes to resonant scattering, Physics Letter 19, No. 2, 118-120 (Oct. 1, 1965) . Lehner, J., Newman, R., Real two-dimensional representations

of the free product of two finite cyclic groups, Proc. Camb.

Phil. Soc. 62, 131-141 (1966).

Lehner, J., Newman, M., Real two-dimensional representations of

the modular group and related groups, Am. J. Math. 87, No. 4, 945-954 (Oct. 1965).

Lester, W., Krauss, M., Some aspects of the coulomb hole of the

ground state of H3 + , J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 1, 207-212 (Jan.

1966) . Levin, E. M., Liquid immiscibility in the rare earth oxide-boric

oxide systems, Phys. Chem. Glasses 7, No. 3, 90-93 (June

1966).

Levin, E. M., The system W03 + -B2 03 , J. Am. Ceram. Soc. Discussion and Notes 48, No. 9, 491-492 (Sept. 1965).

Levin, I. W., Abramowitz, S. Force fields for boron trihalides,

J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 12, 4213-4222 (Dec. 15, 1965).

Levin, I. W., Abramowitz, S., Force fields for group IV tetrafluorrides, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 7, 2562-2567 (Apr. 1, 1966).

Lias, S. G., Ausloos, P., Gas-phase radiolysis and photolysis of

neopentane, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 8, 2748-2759 (Oct. 1965).

Lide, D. R., Analytical applications of microwave spectroscopy,

Adv. Anal. Chem. Instr. 5, 235-277 (1966).

Lide, D. R., Microwave spectrum of perchlorylfluoride, J. Chem.

Phys. 44, No. 10, 3767-3768 (Nov. 1965).

Ligensa, R., Greiner, W., Danos, M., Nuclear giant quadrupole

162
resonance, Phys. Rev. Letters 16, No. 9, 364-367 (Feb. 28,

1966).

Lincoln, J. V., Geomagnetic and solar data, J. Geophys. Res. 70,

No. 13, 3227-3228 (July 1965) ; 70, No. 15, 3761-3763 (Aug.

1965) ; 70, No. 17, 4383-4384 (Dept. 1965) ; and 70, No. 19,

4963-4964 (Oct. 1965).

Lipkin, H. J., Meshkov, S., Spin independence, W-spin, parity and

SU(6) symmetry, Phys. Rev. 143, No. 4, 1269-1274 (Mar. 25,

1966) . Lipkin, L. E., Watt, W. C., Kirsch, R. A., The analysis, synthesis

and description of biological images, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 128,

No. 3, 984-1012 (Jan. 31, 1966).

Loftus, T. P., Weaver, J. T., Petree, B., Effect of humidity on

ionization measurements using cavity and free-air chambers,

Radiology 86, No. 1, 149 (Jan. 1966).

Logan, H. L., McBee, M. J., Kahan, D. J., Evidence of an electrochemical-mechanical stress corrosion fracture in a stainless

steel, Corrosion Sci. 5, 729-730 (1965).

Logan, H. L., Yolken, H. T., The role of hydrogen in the stress- corrosion cracking of low carbon steel in a nitrate solution, Proc. 2d Intern. Congress Metallic Corrosion, New York, N. Y.,

Mar. 1963, pp. 109 (Natl. Assoc. Corrosion Engr., Houston,

Texas, 1966).

Lonie, M., Voluntary product standards—what they mean to the

consumer? J. Home Econ. 58, No. 1, 22 (Jan. 1966).

Lowrie, P. H., Jr., Human engineering in the design of a console

for the comparison of volt boxes, ISA J., pp. 67-71 (July 1965).

Lowry, R. E., Brown, D. W., Wall, L. A., The radiation induced

polymerization of hexafluoropropylene at high temperature and

pressure, (Proc. 150th American Chemical Society Meeting,

Atlantic City, N. J., Sept. 12-17, 1965), Polymer Preprint 6, No. 2, 977-984 (Sept. 1965).

McDaniel, C. L., Schneider, S. J., Phase relations between Cr2 03

and Ir02 in air, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 49, No. 5, 285-286 (May

1966).

McLaughlin, W. L., Microscopic visualization of dose distributions. Intern. J. Appl. Radiation Isotopes 17, 85-96 (1966).

McNesby, J. R., Vacuum-ultraviolet photolysis of parafin hydrocarbons, Book, Chemical and Biological Actions of Radiation,

Chapt. 2, IX, 39-67 (Masson and Co., Editors and Publ, Paris,

France, 1966).

McNish, A. G., Measurement standards, Intern. Sci. Tech., pp. 58-66 (Conover-Mast Publ., New York, N. Y., Nov. 1965) ; IEEE Student J. 4, No. 2, 24-31 (Mar. 1966).

McNish, A. G., Metrology essential to the space age, George

Washington Univ. Mag. 1, No. 4, 10-14 (1965).

163
McNish, A. G., The international system of units, Mater. Res.

Std. 5, No. 10, 528-532 (Oct. 1965) ; Am. Soc. Quality Control

Annual 1965 Tech. Conf. Trans. Industrial Quality Control 22,

No. 9, 465-469 (Mar. 1966).

McNish, A. G., The nature of measurement, Book, Industrial

Metrology (Sponsored by the American Society of Tool and

Manufacturing Engineers), Chapt. 1, 4, No. 2, 24-31 (Mar.

1966).

Ma, M. T., Another method of synthesizing nonuniformly spaced

arrays, IEEE Trans. Ant. Prop. AP-13, No. 5, 833-834 (Sept.

1965).

Macedo, P. B., Litovitz, T. A., Ultrasonic viscous relaxation in

molten boron trioxide, Phys. Chem. Glasses 6, No. 3, 69-80

(June 1965).

Madey, T. E., Yates, J. T., Jr., Kinetics of desorption of the betanitrogen states chemisorbed on tungsten, J. Chem. Phys. 44,

No. 4, 1675-1684 (Feb. 15, 1966).

Maeda, K., Young, J. M., Infrasonic waves from aurorae, Nature

207, No. 4994, 279-281 (July 1965).

Mahler, R. J., Angular dependence of the one-phonon-nuclear

quadrupole interactions, J. Phys. Chem. Solids 27, 871-879

(1966).

Mahler, R. J., James, L. W., Tanttila, W. H., Possible observation

of In115 nuclear electric hexadecapole transitions, Phys. Rev.

Letters 16, No. 7, 259-261 (Feb. 14, 1966).

Mahler, R. J., Tanttila, W. H., Ultrasonic determination of crystalline resonances and sound velocities using NMR techniques,

J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 38, No. 3, 429-432 (Sept. 1965).

Maienthal, E. J., Taylor, J. K., Determination of tellurium by

cathode ray polarography, Anal. Chem. 37, No. 12, 1516-1519

(Nov. 1965).

Maki, A. G., High-resolution infrared spectra of cyanogen and

cyanogen-15N2 , J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 9, 3193-3199 (Nov.

1965).

Maki, A. G., Toth, R. A., Infrared measurements on allene and

allene-d4 , J. Mol. Spectry. 17, No. 1, 136-155 (July 1, 1965).

Malitson, I. H., Interspecimen comparison of the refractive index

of fused silica, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, No. 10, 1205 (Oct. 1965).

Malitson, I. H., Dodge, M. J., Gonshery, M. E., Effects of space

radiation on refractive properties of optical glass, Proc. Annual

Conf. Photography, Science and Engineering, San Francisco,

Calif., May 9-13, 1966, pp. 75 (1966).

Mangum, B. W., Hudson, R. P., Spin lattice relaxation of rare- earth ions in LaCl3 , Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. Series II, 10, No. 8,

1109 (Oct. 1965).

Mangum, B. W., Hudson, R. P., Spin-lattice relaxation in some

164
rare-earth trichlorides, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 2, 704-713

(Jan. 15, 1966).

Mann, D. B., Ludtke, P. R., Sindt, C. F., Chelton, D. B., Liquidsolid mixtures of hydrogen near the triple points, (Proc. 1965

Cryogenic Engineering Conf., Rice University, Houston. Texas,

Aug. 23-25, 1965), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering

11, 207-217 (Plenum Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1966).

Mann, D. E., Acquista, N., White, D., Infrared spectra of HC1,

DC1, HBr, and DBr in solid rare-gas matrixes, J. Chem. Phys.

44, No. 9, 3453-3467 (May 1966).

Manning, J. R., Correlated walk and diffusion equations in a

driving force, Phys. Rev.. 139, No. 1A, A126-A136 (July 5, 1965).

Manning, J. R., Drift mobility and diffusion for impurities in

ionic crystals, Phys. Rev. 139, No. 6A, A2027-A2034 (Sept. 13,

1965) . Marcus, M., Newman, M., Generalized functions of symmetric

matrices, Proc. Am. Math. Soc. 16, No. 4, 826-830 (Aug. 1965).

Margoshes, M., Scribner, B. F., Emission spectrometry, Anal.

Chem. 38, No. 5, 297R-311R (Apr. 1966).

Marron, B. A., Bolotsky, G. R., Tauber, S. J., Chemical substructure search with linear notations, J. Chem. Doc. 6, 92-95 (May

1966) . Marshak, H., Richardson, A. C. B., Tamura, T., Total cross sec- tion for 14-MeV neutrons using aligned 165 Ho nuclei, Phys.

Rev. Letters 16, No. 5, 194-197 (Jan. 31, 1966).

Martin, K. G., Campbell, P. G., Wright, J. R., Comparison of xenon and carbon arcs as radiation sources for laboratory

weathering of asphalts, Am. Soc. Testing Mater. Proc. 65, 809-

830 (1965).

Maryott, A. A., Kryder, S. J., Frenkel, L., Debye relaxation in

symmetric top foreign gas mixtures and the dependence of

collision cross sections on temperature, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No.

7, 2610-2619 (Apr. 1, 1966).

Maryott, A. A., Kryder, S. J., Holmes, R. R., Dipole moment of

PChF from the nonresonant microwave absorption of the vapor,

J. Chem. Phys. Note 43, No. 7, 2556-2557 (Oct. 1965).

Marzetta, L. A., Simple contact type temperature controller, Rev.

Sci. Instr. 37, No. 6, 789 (June 1966).

Matheson, H., A nomogram for determining azimuth and horizontal trace velocity from tripartite measurements, Earthquake

Notes 37, 33-37 (Mar. 1966).

Matsushita, S., Interrelations of sporadic E and ionospheric currents, Book, Ionospheric Sporadic-E, ed. E. K. Smith and S. Matsushita, Chapt. II, Pt. C, No. 5, 344-375 (Pergamon Press

Inc., New York, N. Y., 1962).

165
Mazur, J., On the limiting shape of the distribution function of

lengths of a single polymer molecule with excluded-volume

effects, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 12, 4354-4356 (Dec. 1965).

Melmed, A. J., Interaction of oxygen with platinum, J. Appl.

Phys. 36, No. 11, 3691-3692 (Nov. 1965).

Melmed, A. J., Klein, R., Field-ion microscopy of ruthenium at 77°K, J. Less-Common Metals 10, 225-228 (1966).

Melton, C. H., Bloss, R. L., Four methods of determining temperature sensitivity of strain gages at elevated temperatures,

(ISA 19th Annual Conference and Exhibit on Instrumentation

and Measurement, New York, N. Y., Oct. 12-15, 1964), ISA

Preprint 16.5-3-64 (1964) ; ISA J. 12, No. 10, 69-74 (Oct.

1965).

Mendlowitz, H., Calculated line strengths for the transition array

for d

zs-d2 p: application to Nin, Astrophys. J. 143, No. 2, 573-

590 (Feb. 1966).

Meyer, L. F., Morphological classification in the National Bureau

of Standards mechanical translation system, J. Assoc. Compt.

Mach. 12, No. 4, 437-472 (Oct. 1965).

Meyer-Arendt, J. R., Shettle, E. P., Peterson, H. K., Precision

refractometry of small lens-shaped objects, Lab. Invest. 14,

No. 5, 529-532 (Aug. 1965).

Mielenz, K .D., Stephens, R. B., Gillilland, K. E., Nefflen, K. F., Measurement of absolute wavelength stability of lasers, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 56, No. 2, 156-162 (Feb. 1966).

Mielenz, K. D., Stephens, R. B., Gillilland, K. E., Nefflen, K. F., Zipin, R. B., Measurement of the 633-nm wavelength of

helium-neon lasers Appl. Phys. Letters 7, No. 10. 277-279

(Nov. 1965).

Mighell, A. D., Perloff, A., Block, S., The crystal structure of the

high temperature form of barium borate, BaO*B203, Acta.

Cryst. 20, Pt. 6, 819-823 (June 1966).

Miller, C. G., Alspach, W. J., Flynn, T. M., Analyzing liquid H2 with NMR, Cryogenic Eng. News 1, No. 8, 66 (June 1966).

Miller, C. E., Flynn, T. M., Grady, T. K., Waugh, J. S., Nuclear

spin relaxation in liquid hydrogen, Physica 32, No. 2, 244-251

(Feb. 1966).

Milligan, D. E., Jacox, M. E., Matrix-isolation infrared spectrum

of the free radical NH2 , J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 12, 4487-4493

(Dec. 15, 1965).

Milligan, D. E., Jacox, M. E., Matrix isolation study of the infrared and ultraviolet spectra of the free radical CNN, J. Chem.

Phys. 44, No. 8, 2850-2856 (Apr. 1966).

Milligan, D. E., Jacox, M. E., Bass, A. M., Matrix isolation study

of the photolysis of cyanogen azide. The infrared and ultra166
violet spectra of the free radical NCN, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No.

9, 3149-3160 (Nov. 1965).

Milligan, D. E., M. E., Comeford, J. J., Infrared spectrum of the

free radical CF3 isolated in inert matrices, J. Chem. Phys. 44,

No. 10, 4058-4059 (May 1966).

Milligan, D. E., Jacox, M. E., Comeford, J. J., Mann, D. E., Infrared spectrum of the free radical NCN, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No.

2, 756-757 (July 1965).

Moore, C. E., Annual report of the National Bureau of Standards

on spectroscopy, Astron, J. 70, No. 9, 637-639 (Nov. 1965).

Moore, C. E., General report on fundamental spectroscopic data,

(Proc. Intern. Astronomical Union Commission 14 Meeting,

Hamburg, Germany, Aug. 1964), Trans. Intern. Astron. Union

XIIA, 156 (July 1965).

Moore, C. E., Observatory reports, Astron. J. 70, No. 9, 637-639

(Nov. 1965).

Moore-Sitterly, C. E., The current revision of the solar spectrum

table A2935A to A8770A, Proc. Utrecht Symp. Solar Spectrum,

Utrecht, The Netherlands, Aug. 26-31, 1963, ed. C. DeJager,

pp. 89-101 (De Reidel Publ. Co., Dordrecht, The Netherlands,

1965).

Mopsik, F. I., Tables of dielectric constants, dipole moments and

dielectric relaxation times, (1964 Digest of Literature on Dielectric Conf. Electrical Insulation), Natl. Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res.

Council Publ. No. 1342, 28, 33-66 (Natl. Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res.

Council, Washington, D. C, 1965).

Mork, K., Olsen, H., Radiative corrections. I. High energy

bremsstrahlung and pair production, Phys. Rev. 140, No. 6B,

B1661-B1674 (Dec. 20, 1965).

Mosburg, E. R., Jr., Nonlinear diffusion with recombination in an electron beam excited plasma, Phys. Fluids 9, No. 4, 824-

826 (Apr. 1966).

Mountain, R. D., Interpretation of Brillouin spectra, J. Chem.

Phys. 44, No. 2, 832-833 (Jan. 15, 1966).

Mountain, R. D., Spectral distribution of scattered light in a simple fluid, Rev. Mod. Phys. 38, No. 1, 205-214 (Jan. 1966).

Mountain, R. D., Zwanzig, R., Shear relaxation times of simple

fluids, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 7, 277-2779 (Apr. 1966).

Murphey, W. M., Correction factor for fast neutron reactions on

sulfur and oxygen in the manganous-sulfate-bath calibration

of neutron sources, Nucl. Instr. Methods 37, No. 1, 13-21

(1965).

Napolitano, A., Macedo, P. B., Hawkins, E. G., Viscosity and

density of boron trioxide, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 48, No. 12, 613-

616 (Dec. 1965).

167
Newell, A. C, Baird, R. C, Absolute determination of refractive

indices of gases at 47.7 gigahertz, J. Appl. Phys. 36, No. 12,

3751-3759 (Dec. 1965).

Newman, M., Normal subgroups of the modular group which are not congruence subgroups, Proc. Am. Math. Soc. 16, No. 4,

831-832 (Aug. 1965).

Newman, M., Knopp, M., Congruence subgroups of positive genus

of the modular group, Illinois J. Math. 9, No. 4, 577-583 (Nov.

1965) . Newman, S. B., Fracture of brittle polymers, Polymer Engr. Sci.

5, No. 3, 159-165 (July 1965).

Nimeroff, I., Comparison of uncertainty ellipses calculated from

two spectrophotometric colorimetry methods by an automaticcomputer program, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 56, No. 2, 230-237 (Feb.

1966) . Ninham, B. W., Powell, C. J., Swanson, N., Plasmon damping

metals, Phys. Rev. 145, No. 1, 209-217 (May 6, 1966).

Norton, K. A., Effects of tropospheric refraction in earth-space

links, Book, Progress in Radio Science 1960-1963—Radio and

Troposphere, ed. F. du Castel, II, 186-210 (Elsevier Publ. Co.,

Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1965).

Norton, M. T., A miniature helium turbo-expander for cryogenic

refrigeration systems, (Proc. XI Intern. Congress Refrigeration, Munich, Germany, Aug. 1963), Book, Progress in Refrigeration Science and Technology 1, 131-135 (Pergamon Press

Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Nossal, R., Validity of the convolution approximation for the

Van Hove G(r, t) function, Phys. Rev. 143, No. 1, 74-77 (Mar.

4, 1966).

Nuttall, R. L., Ginnings, D. C, Suppression of 60 c/s pickup

when using sensitive DC amplifiers, Electron. Design 12, No.

26, 34-35 (Dec. 20, 1965).

Ohashi, M., Paffenbarger, G. C, Melting, flow and thermal ex- pansion characteristics of some dental and commercial waxes,

J. Am. Dental Assoc. 72, No. 5, 1141-1150 (May 1966).

Olver, F. W. J., Error bounds for asymptotic expansions of special functions in the complex plane, Proc. Symp. Error in Digital Computation U. S. Army Research Center, Madison

Wisconsin, April 26-28, 1965, 2, 55-75 (John Wiley & Sons

Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Olver, F. W. J., On the asymptotic solutions of second-order dif- ferential equations having an irregular singularity of rank

one, with an application to Whittaker functions, J. SIAM Ser. B. 2, No. 2, 225-243 (1965).

Olver, F. W. J., Stenger, F., Error bounds for asymptotic solu168
tions of second-order differential equations having an irregular

singularity of arbitrary rank, J. SIAM Ser. B. 2, No. 2, 244-

249 (1965).

Ordway, F. D., A simple method for making stereoscopic drawings, Am. Mineralogist 50, 1496-1498 (1965).

Ordway, F. D., Measuring the coordinates of a number of points

in a complex laboratory-scale model, Rev. Sci. Instr. 36, No. 8,

1156-1159 (Aug. 1965).

Ordway, F. D., Zone refiner with temperature control, Anal.

Chem. 37, No. 9, 1178-1180 (Aug. 1965).

Otto, E. M., Equilbrium pressures of oxygen over oxides of lead

at various temperatures, J. Electrochem. Soc. 113, No. 6, 525-

527 (June 1966).

Paabo, M., Bates, R. G., Robinson, R. A., Dissociation of acetic

acid-d3 in aqueous solution and related isotope effects from 0

to 50°, J. Phys. Chem. 70 540-543 (1966).

Paabo, M., Bates, R. G., Robinson, R. A., Dissociation of ammonium ion in methanol-water solvents, J. Phys. Chem. 70, No. 1, 247-251 (1966).

Paffenbarger, G. C, New developments in dental materials: a world-wide survey, Intern. Dental J. 15, No. 3, 311-422 (Sept.

1965).

Paffenbarger, G. C, Kumpula, M., Composition, work and interrelation of international and national organizations engaged in

the standardization of dental materials and therapeutic agents,

Intern. Dental J. 15, No. 4, 571-587 (Dec. 1965).

Paffenbarger, G. C, Stanford, J. W., Kumpula, M. P., Sweeney,

W. T., Guide to dental materials, 1966-1967, Am. Dental Assoc.

3d ed., 188 pages (Chicago, 111., 1966).

Page, C. H., International weights and measures, (ISA 20th

Annual Conference and Exhibit, Los Angeles, Calif., Oct. 4-7,

1965), ISA Preprint 33.3-1-65 (1965).

Parthasarathy, R., Lerfald, G. M., Cosmic-noise survey at 65

degrees (n) declination in the 5-50 Mc/s band, Monthly Notices Roy Astron. Soc. 129, No. 6, 395-409 (1965).

Peiser, H. S., Torgesen, J. L., Crystal growth as chemical re- search, Chemistry 38, No. 9, 15-20 (Sept. 1965).

Peiser, H. S., Wachtman, J. B., Jr., Symmetry conditions on jump

rates occurring in relaxation times associated with point defect motion, J. Phys. Chem. Solids 27, 975 (1966).

Penner, S., Lightbody, J. W., Measurements of ion-optical properties of a high resolution spectrometer for electron scattering, Proc. Intern. Symp. Magnetic Technologies, Stanford Linear

Accelerator Center, Stanford Univ., Calif., Sept. 8-10, 1965,

pp. 154-163 (Oct. 1965).

369
Perloff, A., Block S., The crystal structure of the strontium and

lead tetraborates, Sr0.2B203 and Pb0.2B2 03 , Acta Cryst. 20, Pt. 2, 274-279 (Feb. 1966).

Persson, K-B., Brush cathode plasma—a well-behaved plasma,

J. Appl. Phys. 36, No. 10, 3086-3094 (Oct. 1965).

Peterson, R. L., Theory of relaxation in a group of weakly

coupled systems, Phys. Rev. 139, No. 4A, A1151-1155 (Aug.

16, 1965).

Peterson, V. L., Stonehocker, G., Wright, J. W., Characteristic

variations in the antarctic ionosphere, Antarctic Research

Series, Am. Geophys. Union, Geomagnetism and Aeronomy 4, 47-45 (1965).

Piccirelli, R. A., Some properties of the long-time values of the

probability densities for moderately dense gases, J. Math.

Phys. 7, 922 (1966).

Plumb, H. H., Cataland, G., Acoustical thermometer. An ultrasonic interferometer provides a new method for the precise

measurement of low temperatures, Science 150, No. 3693,

155-161 (Oct. 8, 1965).

Pollack, G. L., Effect of normal-fluid motion on third sound in

liquid-helium films, Phys. Rev. 143, No. 1, 103-109 (Mar.

1966).

Pope, J. H., Dynamic spectral characteristics of micropulsation

pearls, J. Geophys. Res. 70, No. 15, 3595-3603 (Aug. 1, 1965).

Post, M. A., The determination of bound styrene in soluble high

styrene-butadiene resins, J. Paint Technol. Eng. Official Digest 38, No. 497, 335-342 (June 1966).

Powell, C. J., Differences in the characteristic electron energy

loss spectra of solid and liquid bismuth, Phys. Rev. Letters 15,

No. 22, 852-854 (Nov. 29, 1965).

Powell, R. L., Longitudinal magnetoresistance of copper, (Proc.

IX Intern. Conf. Low Temperature Physics, Columbus, Ohio,

Aug. 31-Sept. 4, 1965), Book, Low Temperature Physics LT9,

Pt. B, pp. 732-735 (Plenum Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Powell, R. L., Thermophysical properties of metals at cryogenic

temperatures, Am. Soc. Testing Mater. Spec. Tech. Publ. 387,

Behavior of Materials at Cryogenic Temperatures, pp. 134-148

(1966).

Power, E. A., A suggested experiment to measure part of the

transverse electromagnetic mass of the electron, Proc. Roy.

Soc. (London) 292, No. 1430, 424-432 (May 31, 1966).

Power, E. A., Zero-point energy and the Lamb shift, Am. J. Phys. 34, No. 6, 516-518 (June 1966).

Proctor, T. M., Jr., Low temperature speed of sound in single

crystal ice, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 39, No. 5, 972-977 (May 1966).

170
Pruitt, J. S., Secondary electron trajectories in a Faraday cup

magnetic field, Nucl. Instr. Methods 39, 329 (Feb. 1966).

Rabinovich, K., Canfield, L. R., Madden, R. P., A method for

measuring polarization in the vacuum ultraviolet, Appl. Opt.

4, No 8, 1005-1010 (Aug. 1965).

Radford, H. E., Free radical microwave absorption meter, Rev.

Sci. Instr. 37, No. 6, 790-792 (June 1966).

Ramaley, D., and Shafer, J. F., Direct ratio readings from a universal ratio set, Instr. Control Systems 39, 73-74 (Jan. 1966).

Reader, J., Nuclear moments of Pm147

, Phys. Rev. 141, No. 3, 1123-1128 (Jan. 1966).

Reader, J., Sugar, J., Nuclear magnetic moment of Pr141 from

the hyperfine structure of doubly ionized praseodymium, Erratum Phys. Rev. 140, No. 7AB, AB3 (Dec. 27, 1965).

Rebbert, R. E., Ausloos, P., Quenching of the triplet state of

acetone and biacetyl by various unsaturated hydrocarbons, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 87, No. 24, 5569-5972 (Dec. 20, 1965).

Reed, R. P., Breedis, J. F., Low-temperature phase transformations, Am. Soc. Testing Mater. Spec. Tech. Publ. 387, Behavior

of Materials at Cryogenic Temperatures, pp. 60-132 (1966).

Reed, R. P., Mikesell, R. P., An anomalous decrease of the elastic

moduli at very low temperatures in some 300 series stainless

steels, (Proc. 1964 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., University

of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa., Aug. 18-24, 1964), Book,

Advances in Cryogenic Engineering, Paper A-5, 10, 46-49

Plenum Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Reese, R. M., Rosenstock, H. M., Photoionization mass spectrometry of NO, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 5, 2007-2009 (Mar. 1, 1966).

Reid, G. C, Ionospheric effects of particles, Proc. COSPAR Polar

Cap Panel Symp., Alpach, Austria, 1964, pp. 221-231 (Academic Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Reid, G. C, The important atmospheric processes in the D region,

Proc COSPAR Polar Cap Panel Symp., Alpach, Austria, 1964,

pp. 15-19 (Academic Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Reid, W. E., Jr., Some electrochemical aspects of germanium dissolution: simultaneous chemical and electrochemical oxidation.

J. Phys. Chem. 69, No. 7, 2269-2277 (July 1965).

Reid, W. E., Jr., Some electrochemical aspect of germanium dissolution: valence states and electrode potential, J. Phys. Chem.

69, No. 9, 3168-3171 (Sept. 1965).

Reimann, C. W., Kokoszka, G. F., Gordon, G., Additional observations on the electronic spectrum of copper (II) acetate

monohydrate, J. Inorg. Chem. 4, No. 7, 1082-1084 (July 1965).

Richmond, J. C, Effect of surface roughness in emittance of nonmetals, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 56, No. 2, 253-254 (Feb. 1966).

171
Rikli, A. E., Allen, S. I, Allexander, S. N., Study suggests value

of shared computers, Mod. Hosp. 106, No. 5, 100-108 (May

1966).

Rippy, D. E., Humphries, D. E., MAGIC-A machine for automatic graphics interface to a computer, Proc. Fall Joint Computer Conf., Nov. 20-Dec. 2, 1965, Las Vegas, Nevada, pp. 819-830 (Spartan Books, Inc., Wash., D. C, 1965).

Rishbeth, H. R., Megill, L. R., Cahn, J. H., The effect of ion-drag on the neutral air in the ionospheric F region, Ann. Geophys.

21, No. 2, 235-244 (Apr.-June 1965).

Risley, A. S., Johnson, E. G., Jr., Bussey, H. E., Polycrystalline

spin wave theory of ferromagnetic resonance compared with

tilting experiment, J. Appl. Phys. 37, No. 2, 656-668 (Feb.

1966).

Ritter, J. J., Coyle, T. D., Convenient safety cutoff device for

water cooled equipment, Rev. Sci. Instr. 37, No. 4, 523 (Apr.

1966).

Robertson, A. F., Fire test method for paints, Bldg. Res., pp. 48-52 (July-Aug. 1965).

Roder, H. M., Weber, L. A., Goodwin, R. D., The correlation of

experimental pressure-density-temperature and specific heat

data for parahydrogen, (Proc. XI Intern. Congress Refrigeration, Munich, Germany, Aug. 1963) , Book, Progress in Refrigeration Science and Technology 1, 187-191 (Pergamon

Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Rosberry, F. W., The measurement of homogeneity of optical

materials in the visible and near infrared, Appl. Opt. 5, No. 6, 961-966 (June 1966).

Rosenberg, S. J., Metals for use in orthopedics, Book, Orthotics

Etcetera, ed. S. Licht, 9, 77-94 (E. Licht Publ., New Haven,

Conn., 1966).

Rosenblatt, D., Glaser, E., Wood, M. K., The design of a federal

statistical data center, Statistical Evaluation Report No. 6, Office of Statistical Standards, Bureau of the Budget, Appendix

C, pp. 1-19 (Office of the President, Washington, D. C, Dec.

1965).

Rosenstock, H. M., Franck-Condon factors and the mass spectra

of small molecules, (Proc. Intern. Mass Spectrometry Conf.,

ASTM E-14, The Hydrocarbon Research Groups and GAMS,

Paris, France, Sept. 1964), Adv. Mass Spectrometry 3, 435-

439 (1966).

Roth, F. L., Stiehler, R. D., Control of relative humidity and

temperature in rubber laboratory of National Bureau of Standards, (Proc. 1963 Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture, Washington, D. C), Book, Humidity and Moisture. Measurement

and Control in Science and Industry, Vol. 2. Applications,

172
Sec. Ill, Paper 35, pp. 287-292 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New

York, N. Y., 1965).

Row, R. V., Evidence of long-period acoustic-gravity waves

launched into the F region by the Alaskan earthquake of

March 28, 1964, J. Geophys. Res. Letter 71, 343-345 (Jan.

1965) . Rubin R., Random-walk model of adsorption of a chain-polymer

molecule on a long rigid-rod molecule, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No.

5, 2130-2138 (Mar. 1966).

Rubin, R., Random walk model of chain polymer adsorption at a

surface, J. Chem. Phys., 43, No. 7, 2392-2407 (Oct. 1, 1965).

Rubin, S., Standards for galvanomagnetic devices, Solid-State

Electron. 9, No. 5, 559-566 (May 1966).

Ruegg, F. C, Multivibrator provides bidirectional output pulses,

Electronics 38, No. 17, 87 (Aug. 8, 1965).

Ruegg, F. W., Dorsey, W. W., The flow field of a body-stabilized

two-dimensional V-flame, Combust. Flame 10, No. 1, 1-10 (Dec.

1966) . Rush, J. J., Low-frequency motions and barrier to rotation in

phosphonium iodide, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 4, 1722-1723

Feb. 15, 1966).

Rush, J. J., Ferraro, J. R., Neutron and infrared spectra of

HCrO-2 and DCr02 , J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 6, 2496-2498 (Mar.

15, 1966).

Rushmer, M. A., Progress report on the development of a standardized test for continuity of porcelain enamel coatings, Proc. Porcelain Enamel Inst. Forum 27, 49-56 (1965).

Saunders, J. B., Some applications of the wavefront shearing

interferometer, Japanese J. Appl. Phys. Suppl. 1, 4, 99-105

(1965).

Scala, A., Ausloos, P., Gas phase radiolysis and vacuum ultraviolet photolysis of 2- and 3-pentanone, J. Phys. Chem. 70,

No. 1, 260-269 (Jan. 1966).

Schlemper, E. O., Hamilton, W. C, Rush, J. J., Structure of

cubic ammounium fluosicate: neutron-diffraction and neutron

inelastic scattering studies, J Chem. Phys. 44, No. 6, 2499-2505

(Mar. 15, 1966).

Schrack, R. A., Nuclear size determination by neutral pion photodetachment, Phys. Rev. 140, No. 4B, B897-B904 (Nov. 22,

1965).

Scott, A. H., Anomalous conductance behavior in polymers,

(1965 Annual Report Conf. Electrical Insulation), Natl. Acad.

Sci.-Natl. Res. Council Publ. 1356, pp. 98-102 (Natl. Acad.

Sci.-Natl. Res. Council, Washington, D. C, 1966).

Scott, A. H., DC dielectric conductance (reciprocal resistance)

and conductivity (reciprocal resistivity) measurements, Book,

173
Testing of Polymers I, Chapt. 6, 213-236 (Interscience Publishers Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Scott, A. H., Electrical testing in chemical technology, Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 2d ed., 7, 716-726 (1965).

Scott, A. H., Measurement of DC dielectric conductance (reciprocal resistance) at elevated temperatures, Proc. 6th Electrical

Insulation Conf., Sept. 13-16, 1965, pp. 252-254 (1965).

Scott, R. B., Cryogenics and space technology, Refrigeration,

(Proc. XI Intern. Congress of Refrigeration, Munich, Germany,

1963), Book, Progress in Refrigeration Science and Technology

1, 105-109 (Pergamon Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Scott, R. B., Foreword, Book, Cryogenics, pp. V (Reinhold Publ.

Corp., New York, N. Y., 1964).

Selby, M. C, International comparison of measurements at high

frequencies, IEEEE Spectrum 3, No. 1, 89-98 (Jan. 1966).

Selby, M. C, The system of electromagnetic quantities at 30

kHz to 1 GHz, Metrologia 2, No. 1, 37-45 (Jan. 1966).

Selby, M. C, Blank, W. J., Chariton, R. P., Voltmeter calibration

to 1 GHz (1965 Wescon Conference, San Francisco, Calif.,

August 1965), IEEE WESCON Tech. Papers 9, Pt. 6, No. 8.8,

1-12 (1965).

Sengers, J. V., Density expansion of the viscosity of a moderately

dense gas, Phys. Rev. Letters 15, No. 12, 515-517 (Sept. 20,

1965).

Sengers, J. V., Thermal conductivity and viscosity of simple

fluids, Intern. J. Heat Mass Transfer 8, 1103-1116 (1965).

Shapiro, S. L., McClintock, M., Jennings, D. A., Brillouin scat- tering in liquids at 4880 A, IEEE Quantum Electron. QE-2,

No. 5, 89-93 (May 1966).

Shapley, A. H., International URSIGRAM and world days service "report on activities in 1964," URSI Info. Bull. 150, 43-55

(May 1965).

Shapley, A. H., SPACEWARN—An international mechanism for

rapid distribution of information on satellites and space probes,

COSPAR Info. Bull. 24, 30-55 (July 1965).

Shapley, A. H., Beynon, W. J. G., Winter anomaly in ionospheric

absorption and stratospheric warnings, Nature 206, 1242-1243

(June 1965).

Sharnoff, M., Reimann, C. W., Intrinsic and lattice-induced distortion of the tetrachlorocuptrate ion, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 9, 2993-2996 (Nov. 1965).

Shields, W. R., The evolution of the acuracy of isotopic analysis

by thermal ionization from 2% to 0.2%, (Proc. Symp. Nuclear

Materials Management, IAEA, Vienna, Austria, Aug. 30-Sept.

3, 1965), Book, Nuclear Materials Management, pp. 737-746

(Intern. Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria, Feb. 1966).

174
Shimazaki, T., On the continuity equation for electron density

in the ionosphere, J. Atmospheric Terrest. Phys. 27, 593-604

(May 1965).

Shives, T. R., Bennett, J. A., The effect of environment on the

fatigue strengths of four selected alloys, NASA Contractor

Report CR-267, 2-22 (Aug. 1965).

Sicillio, F., Dousset, M., Florin, R. E., Wall, L. A., Electron spin resonance studies of the reaction of water-soluble polymers

with hydroxyl radicals, (Proc. 150th American Chemical Society Meeting, Atlantic City, N. J., Sept. 12-17, 1965), Polymer

Preprint 6, No. 2, 958-964 (Sept. 1965).

Sicilio, F., Florin, R. E., Wall, L. A., Kinetics of the hydroxyl

radical in aqueous solution, J. Phys. Chem. 70, No 1, 47-52

(Jan. 1966).

Simmons J. D., Bartky, I. R., Bass, A. M., Vibrational fundamentals of CF2N2 from the ultraviolet absorption spectrum, J. Mol. Spectry. 17, No. 1, 48-49 (July 1965).

Simmons, J. D., Tilford, S. G., Electric quadrupole transition in

the Ai n^-X1 2

+ system of CO, J. Chem. Phys. 44, No. 11,

4145-4147 (June 1966).

Simson, B. G., Deslattes, R. D., Kinematic locator for crystal

alignment, Rev. Sci. Instr. 37, No. 3, 300-301 (Mar 1966).

Simpson, J. A., Chamberlain, G. E., Mielczarek, S. R., Excitation

of optically forbidden states in the ionization continuum by

electron impact, Phys. Rev. 139, No. 4A, A1039-A1041 (Aug.

1965) . Smith, E. L., Bowman, H. S., Weissler, P. G., Cook, R. K., Boneair cancellation, Bull. Lab. Electroacoustique 9, 45-50 (Apr.

1966) . Smith, J. C, Wave propagation in a three-element linear spring

and dashpot model filament, J. Appl. Phys. 37, No. 4, 1697-1704

(Mar. 1966).

Smith, J. C, Fenstermaker, C. A., Shouse, P. J., Stress-strain

relationships in yarns subjected to rapid impact loading.

Part XI. Strain distributions resulting from rifle bullet impact, Textile Res. J. 35, No. 8, 743-757 (Aug. 1965).

Smith, R. V., Isbin, H. S, Fauske, H. K., Petrick, M., Robbins,

C.H., Zuludek, F. R. Cryogenic fluid,, two-phase critical flow

studies related to reactor system, Proc. 3d United Nations

Intern. Conf. Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy, Geneva,

Switzerland, Aug. 31-Sept. 9, 1964.

Smith, R. W., Jr., Impact of new technology on the forest industries, Proc. 2d Annual Forest Industries Marketing Conf.,

June 16-17, 1965, pp. 119-130 (University of Oregon Press,

Eugene, Oregon, June 16, 1965).

Smith, W. W., Hyperfine structure of Hg193 *, Hg195

, Hg195 * by Zee175
man level crossings, Phys. Rev. 137, No. 2, 330-339 (Jan. 1965).

Smith, W. W., Gallagher, A. C, Radiation lifetime of the first

2p 3/2 state of ionized calcium and magnesium by the Hanle

effect, Phys. Rev. 145, No. 1, 26-35 (May 6, 1966).

Spector, N., Analysis of the spectrum of neutral erbium (En),

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 56, No. 3, 341-349 (Mar. 1966).

Spijkerman, J. J, Ruegg, F. C, Absolute-velocity Mossbauer

spectrometer, Trans, Am. Nuclear Soc. 8, No. 2, 344 (1966).

Spijkerman, J. J., Ruegg, F. C, DeVoe, J. R., A standard refer- ence material for Mossbauer spectrometry of iron and its compounds, Technical Reports Series 50, Applications of the Mossbauer Effect in Chemistry and Solid-State Physics, pp. 254-259

(International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria, 1966).

Spijkerman, J. J., Ruegg, F. C, DeVoe, J. R., Standardization

of the differential chemical shift for Fe57

, (Proc. New England

Nuclear Mossbauer Symp., New York, N. Y., Jan. 1964), Book,

Mossbauer Effect Methodology, pp. 115-120 (Plenum Press

Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Stair, R., Schneider, W. E., The NBS instrumentation for use

in the measurement of spectral irradiances of solar simulators,

Proc. Intern. Symp. Solar Radiation Simulation, Los Angeles,

Calif., Jan. 18-20, pp. 75-94 (Inst. Environmental Sciences and

Am. Soc. Testing and Materials, 1965).

Stanford, J. W., Analysis of the organic portion of dental cal- culus, J. Dental Res. 45, No. 1, 128-135 (Jan.-Feb. 1966).

Stearns, C. 0., Computed performance of moderate size, supergain, end-fire arrays, IEEE Trans. Ant. Prop. AP-14, No. 2, 241-242 (Mar. 1966).

Stearns, C. O., Stewart, A. C, An investigation of concentric

ring antennas with low sidelobes, IEEE Trans. Ant. Prop.

AP-13, No. 6, 856-963 (Nov. 1965).

Steinert, L. A.., Electromagnetic wave propagation and relativistic

damping effects in a uniformly magnetized electron-positron

gas, II Nuovo Cimento 40, No. 10, 345-374 (Dec. 1965).

Stephens, R. E., Experimental verification of superachromatism,

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 56, No. 2, 213-214 (Feb. 1966).

Stern, K. H., Electrode potentials in fused system. IX. Liquid

junction potentials in the AgCl-AgBr system, K. H. Stern,

J. Electrochem. Soc. Tech. Note 112, No. 10, 1049-1050 (Oct.

1965).

Steward, W. C, Transfer line surge, (Proc. 1964 Cryogenic

Engineering Conf., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia,

Pa., Aug. 18-24, 1964), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 10, Paper 1-3, 313-322 (Plenum Press Inc., New York,

N. Y., 1965).

J 76
Stewart, J. W., The dielectric polarizability of fluid parahydrogen, (Proc. IX Intern. Conf. Low Temperature Physics, Columbus, Ohio, Aug. 31-Sept. 4, 1965), Book Low Temperature

Physics LT9, Pt. B, pp. 1230-1232 (Plenum Press Inc., New

York, N. Y., 1965).

Stokesberry, D. P., A large signal IGFET DC source follower, Proc. IEEE 54, No. 1, 66 (Jan. 1966).

Streever, R. L., Uriano, G. A., Nuclear resonance study of gallium-substituted yttrium iron garnet, Phys. Rev. 139, No. 1A,

A305-A313 (July 1965).

Streever, R. L., Uriano, G. A., Nuclear resonance study of hyperfine fields in nickel-rich nickel-cobalt alloys, Phys. Rev. 139,

No. 1A, A135-A141 (July 1965).

Strobridge, T. R., Mann, D. B., A pulsed refrigeration system

for cryogenic magnet application, (Proc. 1964 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.,

Aug. 18-24, 1964), Book, International Advances in Cryogenic

Engineering 10, Paper N-3, 54-61 (Plenum Press Inc., New

York, N. Y., 1965).

Stromberg, R. R., Tutas, D. J., Passaglia, E., Conformation of

polystyrene adsorbed at the theta-temperature, J. Phys. Chem.

69, No. 11, 3955-3963 (Nov. 1965).

Sugar, J., Analysis of the spectrum of triply ionized praseodymium (Priv), J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, No. 9, 1058-1061 (Sept.

1965).

Sugar, J., Kaufman, V., Spectrum of doubly ionized lanthanum

(Lam), J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, No. 10, 1283-1285 (Oct. 1965).

Sugar, J., Reader J., Ionization energies of the singly ionized rare earths, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, No. 10, 1286-1290 (Oct.

1965).

Swanson, N., Powell, C J., Inelastic scattering cross sections for

20-keV electrons in Al, Be and polystyrene, Phys. Rev. 145,

No. 1, 195-208 (May 1966).

Sze, W. C, Dunn, A. F., Zapf, T. L., An international comparison

of inductive voltage divider calibrations at 400 and 1000 Hz,

IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-14, No. 3, 124-131 (Sept. 1965).

Taggart, H. E., Field strength calibration techniques at the

NBS, IEEE Trans. Electromag. Compatibility EC-7, No. 2, 163-169 (June 1965).

Takaski, H., An automatic ellipsometer. Automatic polarimetry

by means of an ADP polarization modulator III, Appl. Opt. 5, No. 5, 759-764 (May 1966).

Takasaki, H., Lightness change of grays induced by change in

reflectance of gray background, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 56, No. 4, 504-509 (Apr. 1966).

177
Tauber, S. J., Digital handling of chemical structures and asso- ciated information, Proc. 20th Natl. Conf. Association for

Computing Machinery, pp. 206-216 (1965).

Tauber, S. J., Fraction, G. F., Hayward, H. W., Chemical struc- tures as information—representations, transformation, and

calculations, Colloquium on Technical Preconditions for Retrievals Center Operations, Philadelphia, Pa., Apr. 24-25, 1964,

ed. B. F. Cheydleur, pp. 73-101 (Spartan Books, Inc., Washington, D. C, 1965).

Taylor, J. K., Density and specific gravity, Encyclopedia of In- dustrial Analysis 1, 546-560 (Interscience Publ Inc., New

York, N. Y., 1965).

Taylor, J. K., Maienthal, E. J., Marinenki, G., Electrochemical

methods, Book, Trace Analysis: Physical Methods, ed. G. H.

Morrison, Chapt. 10, pp. 377-433 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New

York, N. Y., 1965).

Taylor, L. S., Philosophical influences on radiation protection

standards, Health Phys. 11, 859-864 (1965).

Taylor, W. L., Lightning characteristics as derived from sferics,

(Proc. 3d Intern. Conf. Atmospheric and Space Electricity,

Montreaux, Switzerland, May 1963), Book, Problems of Atmospheric and Space Electricity, ed. S. C. Coroniti, pp. 388-

404 (Elsevier Publ. Corp., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1965).

Tchen, C. M., Spectrum of stationary homogeneous magnetohydrodynamic turbulence, Phys. Fluids 8, No. 9, 1659-1667 (Aug.

1965).

Thomas, L., Norton, R. B., Possible importance of internal excitation in ion-molecule reactions in the F region, J. Geophys. Res.

71, No. 1, 227-230 (Jan. 1, 1966).

Thomas, R N., Some aspects of non-equilibrium thermodynamics

in the presence of a radiation field, Book, (University of

Colorado Press, Boulder, Colorado, 1965).

Thompson, M. C, Jr., An analysis of the effects of ground reflection in line-of-sight phase systems, IEEE Trans. Ant. Prop.

AP-13, No 4, 564-567 (July 1965).

Thurber, W. R., Mante, A. J. H., The thermal conductivity and

thermoelectric power of rutile (TiOs), Phys Rev. 139, No. 5A,

A1655-A1665 (Aug. 30, 1965).

Timmerhaus, K. D., Editor, Proc. 1964 Cryogenic Engineering

Conf., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa., Aug. 18-

21, 1964, Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 10, Pt. 1 (Plenum Press, New York, N. Y., 1965).

Timmerhaus, K. D., Editor, Proc. 1964 Cryogenic Engineering

Conf., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa., Aug. 18-

21, Book. International Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 10, Pt. 2 (Plenum Press, New York, N. Y., 1965).

178
Timms, P. L., Ehlert, T. C, Margrave, J. L., Brinckman, F. E.,

Farrar, T. C, Coyle, T. D., Silicon-fluorine chemistry. II. Sili- con-born fluorides, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 87, No. 17, 3819-3823

(Sept. 1965).

Tipson, R. S., Cohen, A. C, Action of zinc and sodium iodide

in N, N-dimethylformamide on contiguous, secondary sulfonyloxy groups: a simple method for introducing nonterminal

unsaturation, Carbohydrate Res. 1, No. 4, 338-340 (1965).

Torgesen, J. L., Purification of single crystal growth, Ann. N. Y.

Acad. Sci. 137, 30-43 (1966).

Tryon, M., Horowitz, E., Rubber and rubber products, Book,

Standard Methods of Chemical Analysis, 6th Edition, IIIB. Instrumental Analysis, ed. F. J. Welcher, Chapt. 59, pp. 1664-

1763 (D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., Princeton, N. J., 1966).

Tsai, D. H., Beckett, C. W., Shock wave propagation in cubic

lattices, J. Geophys. Res. 71, No. 10, 2601-2608 (May 15, 1966).

Tsang, W., Thermal decomposition of 2, 3-dimethylbutane in a

single-pulse shock tube, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 2, 352-359

(July 15, 1965).

Uriano, G. A., Streever, R. L., Nuclear resonance spin-echo study

of Eu153 in EuO, Physics Letters 17, No. 3, 205 (July 1965).

Vetter, J. J., Linear tuning of a microwave cavity, IEEE Trans.

Microwave Theory Tech. MTT—3, No. 6, 880 (Nov. 1965).

Vieth, D. L., Yakowitz, H., Design considerations for a Kossel

microdiffraction camera, Rev. Sci. Instr. 37, No. 2, 206-209

(Feb. 1966).

Voth, R. O., Norton, M. T., Wilson, W. A., A cold-moderator re- frigerator incorporating a high-speed turbine expander, (Proc.

1965 Cryogenic Engineering Conf., Rice University, Houston,

Texas, Aug. 23-25, 1965), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 11, 126-138 (Plenum Press Inc., New York, N. Y.,

1966).

Wachtman, J. B., Jr., Wheat, M. L., Anderson, H. J., Bates, J. L., Elastic contants of single crystal U02 at 25° C, J. Nucl.

Mater. 16, 39-41 (1965).

Wagner, R., Miller, P. H., Tamura, T., Marshak, H., The interaction of 350-keV polarized neutrons with oriented 165 Ho nuclei,

Phys. Rev. 139, No. IB, B29-B46 (July 1965).

Wait, D. F., Tremblath, C. L., A comparison between a switched

and a correlation radiometer for cryogenic noise source measurements, (ISA 20th Annual Conference and Exhibit, Los

Angeles, Calif., Oct. 4-7, 1965), ISA Preprint No. 14.4-3-65

(Oct. 1965).

Wait, J. R., Modes of propaganda in a bounded compressible

plasma, Electronics Letters 1, 193-194 (Sept. 1965).

179
Wait, J. R., Nature of the electromagnetic field reflected from a

coastline, Electronics Letter 1, 65 (May 1965).

Wait, J. R., On radiation of electromagnetic and electroacoustic waves in a plasma Part I., Appl. Sci. Res. 11, Sect. B., 423-432

(1965).

Wait, J. R., On radiation of electromagnetic and electroacoustic waves in plasma. Part II, Appl. Sci. Res. 12, Sect. B., 130-138

(1965).

Wait, J. R., Propagation of electromagnetic pulses in terrestrial

waveguides, IEEE Trans. Ant. Prop. AP-13, No. 6, 904-918

(Nov. 1965).

Wall, L. A., Fetters, L. J., Straus, S., Polymerization and pyrolysis of poly-1, 2-dihydronaphthalene, (Proc. 150th American

Chemical Society Meeting, Atlantic City, N. J., Sept. 12-17,

1965), Polymer Preprint 6, No. 2, 930-939 (Sept. 1965).

Wall, L. A., Straus, S., Florin, R. E., Pyrolysis in vinyl and

vinylidene fluoride polymers : influence of prior gamma irradiation, J. Polymer Sci. 4A, No. 2, 349-365 (Feb. 1966).

Wall, L. A., Straus, S., Flynn, J. H., Mclntyre, D., Simha, R., The

thermal degradation mechanism of polystyrene, J. Phys. Chem.

70, No. 1, 53-62 (Jan. 1966).

Waring, J. L., Phase equilibria in the system aluminum oxidetungsten oxide, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 48, No. 9, 493-494 (Sept.

1965).

Warwick, C. S., Flare importance ratings—some hope for improvement, Proc. Natl. Aeronautics Space Admin. Flare Conf.

The Physics of Solar Flares, pp. 27-28 (1964).

Warwick, C. S., Solar-flare frequency and observing-time patterns, Astrophys. J. 142, No. 2, 767-772 (Aug. 15, 1965).

Washer, F. E., Resolving power related to aberration, Photogrammetric Eng. XXXII, No. 2, 213-226 (Mar. 1966).

Watstein, D., Bond with reinforcing steel, Am. Soc. Testing

Mater. Spec. Tech. Publ. 169A, Significance of Tests of Concrete Making Materials, pp. 239-245 (July 1965).

Watterson, C. C, Field-strength measurements in a multipath

field, Proc. 4th Natl. IEEE Symp. Radio Frequency Interference, San Francisco, Calif., June 28-29, 1962.

Weinstock, J., Generalized master equation for arbitrary initial state, Phys. Rev. 140, No. 1A, A98-A99 (Oct. 4, 1965).

Weinstock, J., New approach to the theory of fluctuations in a plasma, Phys. Rev. 139, No. 2A, A388-A393 (July 1965).

Weinstock, J., Non-analyticity of transport coefficients and the

complete density expansion of momentum correlation function,

Phys. Rev. 140, No. 2A, A460-465 (Oct. 18, 1965).

Weinstock, J., Resonances in the light scattered from a plasma,

Physics Letters 18, No. 1, 21-22 (Aug. 1, 1965).

180
Whipple, E. B., Brown, T. H, Farrar, T. C, Coyle, T. D., Relative signs of nuclear spin couplings in 'FP'B^Fs, J. Chem.

Phys. 43, No. 5, 1841-1842 (Sept. 1, 1965).

White, J. A., Breadth of decay quanta in gas lasers, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, No. 11, 1436-1442 (Nov. 1965).

Whittaker, J. K., A simple current generator, Nucl. Instr. Methods 39, No. 1, 183-184 (Jan. 1966).

Whittaker, J. K., A zero-crossing discriminator with picosecond

time slewing, IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-13, No. 1, 399-405

(Feb. 1966).

Wiederhorn, S. M., Fracture surface energy of soda-lime glass,

(Proc. Conf. Role of Grain Boundaries and Surface in Ceramics,

North Carolina State University, Raleigh, N. C, Nov. 16-18,

1964) , Book, Materials Science Research 3, 503-528 (Plenum

Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1966).

Wiese, W. L., Line broadening, Book, Plasma Diagnostic Techniques, Ed. R. H. Huddleston and S. L. Leonard, 21, 265-317

(Academic Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Wilcox, R M., Classical diagram technique for calculating thermostatic properties of solids; application to dielectric susceptibility of paraelectrics, Phys. Rev. 139, No. 4A, A1281-

A1291 (Aug. 16, 1965).

Wildhack, W. A., Accuracy and precision of standards and measurements, Acta Imeko 4, 63-81 (1964).

Winogradoff, N. N., Kessler, H. K., Radiative recombination life- times in laser excited silicon, Appl. Phys. Letters 8, No. 4, 99

(Feb. 1966).

Woelfel, J. B., Paffenbarger, G. C, Restoration of complete dentures inadvertently warped by the patient: report of case, J. Am. Dental Assoc. 71, 866-870 (Oct. 1965).

Wood, L. A., Physical constants of different rubbers, Polymer

Handbook, ed. J. Brandrup and E. H. Immergut, pp. VI-57

VI-68 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N. Y., 1966).

Woodhead, M., Paabo, M., Robinson, R. A., Bates, R. G., Buffer

solutions of tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane for pH control in 50 Wt. % methanol from 10 40°C, Anal. Chem. 37,

1291 (1965).

Wyckoff, J. M., Modular software for on-line handling of nuclear

data, IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-13, No. 1, 199 (Feb. 1966).

Yakowitz, H., Precision of cubic lattice parameters measure- ments by the Kossel technique, Trans. Symp. Electron Probe

Analysis, Oct. 12-15, 1964, Wash., D. C, 1964, pp. 417-438

(John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1966).

Yates, J. T., Jr., Madey, T. E., Isotopic mixing in nitrogen chemisorbed on W, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 3, 1055-1059 (Aug. 1, 1965) .

181
Yokley, C. R., A stable arc source of high ultraviolet radiance,

Proc. Symp. Solar Radiation Simulation, Los Angeles, Calif.,

Jan. 18-20, 1965, pp. 107-110 (1965).

Young, R. D., Field desorption of thorium from a field-evaporated tungsten surface, J. Appl. Phys. 36, No. 9, 2656-2657

(Sept. 1965).

Young, R. D., Field emission ultramicrometer, Rev. Sci. Instr. 37, No. 3, 275-278 (Mar. 1966).

Younglove, B A., Speed of sound in fluid parahydrogen, J. Acoust.

Soc. Am. 38, No. 3, 433-438 (Sept. 1965).

Younglove, B. A., Summary of recent determinations of the

ultrasonic velocity in fluid parahydrogen, (Proc. IX Intern. Conf. Low Temperature Physics, Columbus, Ohio, Aug. 31-

Sept. 4, 1965), Book, Low Temperature Physics LT9, Pt. B,

1223-1226 (Plenum Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Yu, H., Bur, A. J., Fetters, L. J., Rodlike behavior of poly(wbutyl) isocyanate from dielectric measurements, J. Chem. Phys.

44, No. 7, 2568-2576 (Apr. 1, 1966).

Yu, H., Wall, L. A., Thermolytic chain scission of linear polyethylene and an ethylene-propylene copolymer, (Proc. 150th

American Chemical Society Meeting, Atlantic City, N. J., Sept.

12-17, 1965), Polymer Preprint 6, No. 2, 940-944 (Sept. 1965).

Zanboorie, M. H., A semi-automatic technique for tuning a re- flectometer, IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech. MTT-13,

No. 5, 709-710 (Sept. 1965).

Zapf, T. L., Precise voltage-ratio measurement, Electro-Technol.

76, No. 4, 95-102 (Oct. 1965).

Zimmer, R. W., The ADI auxiliary publications program, IEEE

Trans. Microwave Theory Tech. MTT-13, No. 6, 883-884 (Nov.

1965).

Zwanzig, R., Approximate eigenfunctions of the Louisville operator in classical many-body systems, Phys. Rev. 144, No. 1, 170-177 (Apr. 1966).

Zwanzig, R., Frequency-dependent transport coefficients in fluid mechanics, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 2, 714-720 (July 1965).

Zwanzig, R., Time-correlation functions and transport coefficients

in statistical mechanics, Ann. Rev. Phys. Chem. 16, 67-102

(1965).

Zwanzig, R., Mountain, R. D., High-frequency elastic moduli of

simple fluids, J. Chem. Phys. 43, No. 12, 4464-4471 (Dec. 15,

1965).

182
PATENTS

The following U.S. Patents have been granted to NBS in- ventors; assigned (or licensed as indicated) to the United States

of America, as represented by the Secretary of the Department

noted in parentheses:

Bowen, Rafael L., No. 3,194,783, July 13, 1965. Silica-Resin

Direct Filling Material and Method of Preparation. (Commerce)

Bowen, Rafael L., No. 3,194,784, July 13, 1965. Silica-Resin

Direct Filling Material and Method of Preparation. (Commerce)

Bowen, Rafael L., No. 3,200,142, August 10, 1965. SurfaceActive Comonomer and Method of Preparation. (HEW)

Jamieson, Ballard and Kee, Robert, No. 3,202,042, August 24,

1965. System for Measuring Separately Background and Average Line Luminance or Density. (Commerce)

McDaniel, Clyde L., No. 3,200,635, August 17, 1965. Apparatus

for Determining Melting Points. (Commerce)

Krinsky, Albert, No. 3,202,951, August 24, 1965. Alloys and

Electrical Transducers. (Atomic Energy Commission)

Mathews, Donald A., No. 3,204,418, September 7, 1965. Multivibrator-Type Control Circuit for Thermoelectric Elements.

(Commerce)

Van Gundy, Donald A. ; Richards, Robert J. ; Steward, Willis G.

and Jacobs, Robert B., No. 3,207,533, September 21, 1965.

Double Bayonet Insulated Transfer Line Coupling. (Air Force)

Wall, Leo, A. and Fearns, James E., No. 3,211,637, October 12,

1965. Homopolymers of 4-Chloroperfluoro-Heptadiene-l, 6. (Navy)

Saunders, James B., No. 3,218,916, November 23, 1965. Wave

Front Shearing Interferometer. (Commerce)

Sixsmith, Herbert, No. 3,224,818, December 21, 1965. Combined Electromagnetic and Electromechanical Power Converter.

(Commerce)

Harman, George G., Jr. ; Higier, Theodore ; Meyer, Owen L. ; and

Raybold, Richard L., No. 3,226,610, December 28, 1965. Constant-Current Semiconductor Device. (Commerce)

Mielczarek, Stanley R. ; Schubert, David C. ; and Marton, Ladislaus L., No. 3,230,478, January 18, 1966. Universal Stroboscope Electron Schlieren Detector Having Beam-Pulse Synchronizing Means. (Navy)

Couch, Dwight E., No. 3,236,752, February 22, 1966. Method of

Alloying Phosphorus and Nickel in a Fused Salt Bath. (Commerce)

183
Hudson, Paul A. ; Ecklund, Warner L. ; and Ondrejka, Arthur R.,

No, 3,239,758, March 8, 1966. System for Measuring Pulse

Power Using Sampling and Comparison Techniques. (Commerce)

Komhyr, Walter D., No. 3,242,869, March 29, 1966. Rectangular-Piston Pump. (License)

Shack, Roland V., No. 3,250,177, May 10, 1966. Image Evaluation Device. (Army)

^ U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1967 0 241-730

184